Listen to New Releases of Audiobooks in Business, Commerce & Economy

Bookkeeping Audiobook by Greg Shields

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Greg Shields) — Fri, 22 Dec 2017 01:32:33 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bookkeeping Subtitle: The Ultimate Guide to Bookkeeping for Small Business (Learn Bookkeeping Basics) Author: Greg Shields Narrator: Dryw McArthur Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 11 mins Language: English Release date: 12-22-17 Publisher: Greg Shields Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 26 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Say goodbye to scratching your head in confusion. This bookkeeping audiobook could be the answer you're looking for... This audiobook is intended for people who want to know something about the fundamentals of bookkeeping without necessarily becoming a certified bookkeeper. Many people are in this position; small business owners, employers, employees, business owners, stockholders, investors, and many, many more. Most of these folks do not need a deep understanding of bookkeeping; they just need to learn what bookkeeping is and how they should be using it. Just as important, they need to understand what bookkeepers and accountants are talking about in their reports. They must learn the vocabulary and the most important terms. If you are one of those, you have found the right book for you. As an added bonus, the book contains a section for business taxes. Included is also a step-by-step guide to preparing W-2 forms and the information needed for those. Here are just some of the questions and topics discussed within this audiobook: So, what are you waiting for? Start your learning now by listening to this audiobook! Members Reviews: This is a must-have Book for all This is a must-have for people considering going into business. It can help you to keep tracking everything regarding to your business. I loved it. Its a complete Bookkeeping Guide Useful and easy to understand. I'm happy with this purchase as it has given me vital tips for the bookkeeping of my small business. Recommended. Handy For All This book is great for anyone who wants to understand how bookkeeping can be used to take your business to the next level. It provides an introduction to a Fundamentals of Accounting course and gives new business owners an understanding of how to navigate financial statements. In addition, it equips them to effectively delegate their accounting needs. After reading this book it is much easier for a business owner to understand the difference between a profitable business and one that earns a lot of revenue but can seem to keep cash in the bank. Running a successful business Very useful! The book is very well written and its should serve as a good guide to any new business owner. Easy and informative guide. Good For Beginners This is the ONE book you need to answer ALL your bookkeeping questions - there is no situation it doesn't cover, and in simple, direct language that is easy to understand and apply.

The Chickenshit Club Audiobook by Jesse Eisinger

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jesse Eisinger) — Tue, 11 Jul 2017 01:54:01 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Chickenshit Club Subtitle: Why the Justice Department Fails to Prosecute Executives Author: Jesse Eisinger Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 07-11-17 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 133 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: From Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Jesse Eisinger, a blistering account of corporate greed and impunity and the reckless, often anemic response from the Department of Justice. Why were no bankers put in prison after the financial crisis of 2008? Why do CEOs seem to commit wrongdoing with impunity? The problem goes beyond banks deemed "too big to fail" to almost every large corporation in America - to pharmaceutical companies and auto manufacturers and beyond. The Chickenshit Club - an inside reference to prosecutors too scared of failure and too daunted by legal impediments to do their jobs - explains why. A character-driven narrative, the book tells the story from inside the Department of Justice. The complex and richly reported story spans the last decade and a half of prosecutorial fiascos, corporate lobbying, trial losses, and culture shifts that have stripped the government of the will and ability to prosecute top corporate executives. The book begins in the 1970s, when the government pioneered the notion that top corporate executives, not just seedy crooks, could commit heinous crimes and go to prison. The book travels to trading desks on Wall Street, to corporate boardrooms and the offices of prosecutors and FBI agents. These revealing looks provide context for the evolution of the Justice Department's approach to pursuing corporate criminals through the early 2000s and into the Justice Department of today. Exposing one of the most important scandals of our time, The Chickenshit Club provides a clear, detailed explanation as to how our Justice Department has come to avoid, bungle, and mismanage the fight to bring these alleged criminals to justice. Members Reviews: very thorough! meticulously researched, tons of details and thought-provoking. completely unbiased in my view. makes the average Joe understand in Easy explanations what the challenges are. What an explanation for lack of prosecutions! Where does The Chickenshit Club rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far? Fairly high and I certainly will be recommending the book to others. This book should be on anyone's "read soon" list. What other book might you compare The Chickenshit Club to and why? The Chickenshit Club might compare to a book about Enron, or the author who tried to alert people to Bernie Madoff's scheme, or the book Chain of Title, or the new book Sellout. All of these books have people who try to do the right thing or unwind an outrageous scheme. Have you listened to any of Jonathan Todd Rosss other performances before? How does this one compare? No, but the narration is quite satisfactory. Did you have an extreme reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry? This book deals with relatively current events other than background history so the only emotional response might be frustration with the system at the SEC and the DOJ. Any additional comments? Definitely do not overlook this book. Get ready to become really pissed off I dare anyone to read this book and come out of it thinking our criminal justice system isn't full of shit. A truly infuriating read. Why the jail cells are devoid of WS bankers. If you have wondered why none of the bankers that contributed to the economic catastrophe in 2008 never went to jail this is a book you should read.

Fifty Inventions That Shaped the Modern Economy Audiobook by Tim Harford

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tim Harford) — Tue, 29 Aug 2017 18:15:32 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fifty Inventions That Shaped the Modern Economy Author: Tim Harford Narrator: Roger Davis Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 08-29-17 Publisher: Penguin Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 85 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: A lively history seen through the 50 inventions that shaped it most profoundly, by the best-selling author of The Undercover Economist and Messy. Who thought up paper money? What was the secret element that made the Gutenberg printing press possible? And what is the connection between The Da Vinci Code and the collapse of Lehman Brothers? Fifty Inventions That Shaped the Modern Economy paints an epic picture of change in an intimate way by telling the stories of the tools, people, and ideas that had far-reaching consequences for all of us. From the plough to artificial intelligence, from Gillette's disposable razor to IKEA's Billy bookcase, best-selling author and Financial Times columnist Tim Harford recounts each invention's own curious, surprising, and memorable story. Invention by invention, Harford reflects on how we got here and where we might go next. He lays bare often unexpected connections: how the bar code undermined family corner stores and why the gramophone widened inequality. In the process, he introduces characters who developed some of these inventions, profited from them, and were ruined by them, as he traces the principles that helped explain their transformative effects. The result is a wise and witty book of history, economics, and biography. Members Reviews: Thought provoking An interesting history of the modern world. Easy listen and illuminating. Definitely worth listening to. Blindly listen to this book Cannot Not recommend it highly. Super informative with insightful commentary. I learnt a lot from this book. I can see myself listening to it again many times. Great book - odd narration The content is an extremely interesting group of summaries tracking the author's estimation of history's most important inventions, some obvious and many not so much. I am sure we can all quibble with his choices to one extent or another, but it is as good of a list as any other I have read. But, the narrator's choice of accent when reading quotations is distracting in its lack of any apparent authenticity. It is not enough to ruin the experience or anything; it's just very noticeable. At first I thought he was just ridiculing the particular speaker, but the accent seems applied to everyone quoted. It is like an odd amalgamation of an old time radio voice, Jimmy Stewart and a foreigners' impression of a southern American. Please just... Stop. To be fair though, when he is not suffering from this quirk, the reading was very well performed.

The Revenge of Analog Audiobook by David Sax

biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Sax) — Tue, 08 Nov 2016 22:31:11 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Revenge of Analog Subtitle: Real Things and Why They Matter Author: David Sax Narrator: David Sax Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 11-08-16 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 103 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: A funny thing has happened on our way to the digital utopia: we find ourselves increasingly missing reality. In this spirited audiobook, David Sax has found story after story of entrepreneurs, artisans, and creators who make real money by selling real things. And they're not just local craftspeople, either. As paper is supposedly vanishing, Moleskine notebooks - a company founded in 1997, the same year as the dot-com boom - has grown into a large multinational corporation. As music supposedly migrates to the cloud, vinyl record sales were up over 50 percent in 2015 and generated almost $350 million in sales. And as retail was supposedly hitting bottom, star Silicon Valley companies like Apple and Amazon are investing in brick-and-mortar stores. Sax's work reveals not just an underreported trend in business but a more fundamental truth about how humans shop, interact, and even think. He captures what you're missing when you can't find a good song in a vast iTunes library or can't recall the details of an eBook you read; any simulation of a sight or smell or activity you experience in the real world is just that - a simulation. As you listen to this enlightening audiobook, that seemingly simple observation gathers ever more weight. The success stories in this audiobook are eye opening, even inspiring. You'll come away from this audiobook with a renewed sense of what it means to work, live, and shop. For anyone who has grown weary of overnight billionaires and social media market disruptors, it is proof positive that there's another side of the story. Members Reviews: Excellent Listen for Digital Devices. Interesting story. Well researched and thought provoking. The best thing is that it is read by the author and the author has a great reading voice. I could listen to this guy read a phone book and I would be enthralled. That would be an analog example, a phone book. Needed palliative Any additional comments? This book says things that I had suspected but never articulated. The best things that I like, mechanical watches, LP records (even CD's), film cameras (I never threw mine away), stick shifts, and writing notes in lectures, are now explained by one who has actually thought about, studied and researched, so that now I do not feel countercultural, but rather an archetype of all humanity who can enjoy the analog world and its attractions without fear of being anachronisms. An excellent and thoughtful creation Though I confess I just completed "The Revenge of Analog" as an audio book, I truly believe that consuming it has made me more mindful of the balance between digital technologies and analog pursuits. As someone who has been influenced by the Reboot organization, and a participant in the unplugging culture, I highly recommend this book. I must admit that as a senior executive in a technology company, I've raised more than a few eyebrows when I tell people what audiobook I am listening to. I'm buying the book, and plan to prominently display it on my desk. fantastic I've worked in tech my whole career. The chapters on ed tech and mediation will help me inform my colleagues. Overall, it provided conversation fodder and personal reflection. Thanks! Great book. Simple yet profound big idea. great storytelling. A lot of really interesting examples that people can identify with.

Millionaire Mindset Audiobook by Darnell Smith

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Darnell Smith) — Wed, 11 May 2016 20:16:38 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Millionaire Mindset Subtitle: Habits and Simple Ideas for Success You Can Start Now Author: Darnell Smith Narrator: Randal Schaffer Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 05-11-16 Publisher: Darnell Smith Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 90 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Discover the ideas that will turn you into a millionaire and give you financial freedom. Making your dream a reality This book is written for those who understand that they can achieve success through a positive mental attitude but are ready to go beyond visualization and are looking for a practical guide to making the transition from visualization to actualization of becoming successful. The information in this book can be applied to any field of endeavor to achieve success. At almost twice the length of competing books in its genre, not only will Millionaire Mindset guide you through the most important traits and habits of millionaires, but it contains a bonus section with practical ideas that is the length of most books in the genre, providing exceptional content and unsurpassed value for your money. This book will help you master the game of money. The problem with most success books Most success books focus only on positive thinking. Listeners are often left charged and rejuvenated, but after years of "thinking to grow rich", sometimes very little progress is made in life. The majority of other books in this genre contain the same recycled content (such as the law of attraction). This book is different. This book is a more pragmatic, in-depth look at the millionaire mind and strategies. This book will look at some of the most important traits of millionaires and their habits, but it also looks at some of their most powerful wealth-building strategies. This book goes beyond books like Money: Master the Game and provides a more powerful, in-depth look into how wealth is generated. Members Reviews: Mentor Loved it. Life lessons book. A true guide to wealth and freedom finance. Listen to it everyday Glad to listen this book.... I would like to thank the author for presenting such a great book. It explains about Millionaire Mindset: Habits and Simple Ideas for Success You Can Start Now. Good work AMAZING Darnell even gives you tangible things to follow. i really need to listen to this. Informative This is a good book for a person who is just starting on their journey to create more wealth. The information is standard compared to other books but there are key nuggets dropped that really drive the author's point home when it comes to working towards a financial goal. Success The book has given me the foundation to success! Thank for you. I look forward to seeing more books.

Panic! Audiobook by Michael Lewis

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michael Lewis) — Wed, 17 Dec 2008 01:58:05 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Panic! Subtitle: The Story of Modern Financial Insanity Author: Michael Lewis Narrator: Blair Hardman, Jesse Boggs Format: Abridged Length: 7 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 12-17-08 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 240 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: With his trademark humor and brilliant anecdotes, Lewis paints the mood and market factors leading up to each event, weaves contemporary accounts to show what people thought was happening at the time, and then, with the luxury of hindsight, analyzes what actually happened and what we should have learned from experience. As he proved in Liar's Poker, The New New Thing, and Moneyball, Lewis is without peer in his understanding of market forces and human foibles. He is also, arguably, the funniest serious writer in America. Members Reviews: Good - But you need to know what you are getting. What the description doesn't tell you is this is a series of articles written over the past 20 years - many of them not by Lewis. If this will annoy you, steer clear. With that said, there are some really good articles here. As for many of them being 'old', the value they provide is perspective. It will be years before we have perspective on the 2008 melt down. It's a bit easier to have perspective of the financial crisis of '87, '97, and 2000. With these, we can start having some with the 2008 situation. Lewis, selects articles written in the boom preceding the bust and in the midst of the crisis. His narrative adds his own analysis and perspective around these articles. The primary themes and lessons of these events are: 1) The markets are very complicated and very few people understand them - even after the fact. 2) Often these busts are caused by groups attempting to exploit a condition supported by market technicalities. 3) People often believe the current event is "the end of the world" or the "the end of Capitalism". 4) The environment of the the Global Economy seems to be increasing the frequency and strength of these boom bust cycles. 5) As painful as they are, they don't foretell the end of the world and we'll be better off when we recognize this reality not Panic! Rehash I love Michael Lewis but this is a poor effort. It's just a compendium of articles from Lewis and others over the last 20 years. Interesting maybe, but there's nothing new and it feels as if he is just taking advantage of the current financial mess rather than contributing something original. Insightful but Don't Miss His Sequel Michael Lewis is at his best writing about the business and personalities he has known first hand from his Wall Street experience. This book paints an in-depth and disturbing picture of the Wall Street "doomsday machines," as Lewis aptly calls them. What we see in the "sub-prime" collapse are our major investment banks--with a few notable exceptions--so driven by competitive and ego-centered pressures for ever-larger profits and bonuses that prudent and responsible management oversight was abandoned. The shame in this case is that the consequences of their irresponsibility fell not only on the banks' shareholders but on the country as a whole, because the painful day of reckoning has wreaked havoc throughout the credit markets. It is abundantly clear from this account that business as usual the old Wall Street way can no longer be tolerated by the country, and reform is inevitable. Let us hope the reform is sensible and responsible. I gave the book only three stars, because the best chapters (by Lewis himself) are already available on the internet.

Makers and Takers Audiobook by Rana Foroohar

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Rana Foroohar) — Tue, 17 May 2016 03:49:53 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Makers and Takers Subtitle: The Rise of Finance and the Fall of American Business Author: Rana Foroohar Narrator: Rachel Fulginiti Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 05-17-16 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 324 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Eight years on from the biggest market meltdown since the Great Depression, the key lessons of the crisis of 2008 still remain unlearned - and our financial system is just as vulnerable as ever. Many of us know that our government failed to fix the banking system after the subprime mortgage crisis. But what few of us realize is how the misguided financial practices and philosophies that nearly toppled the global financial system have come to infiltrate all American businesses, putting us on a collision course with another cataclysmic meltdown. Drawing on in-depth reporting and exclusive interviews at the highest rungs of Wall Street and Washington, Time assistant managing editor and economic columnist Rana Foroohar shows how the "financialization of America" - the trend by which finance and its way of thinking have come to reign supreme - is perpetuating Wall Street's reign over Main Street, widening the gap between rich and poor, and threatening the future of the American dream. Policy makers get caught up in the details of regulating "too big to fail" banks, but the problems in our market system go much broader and deeper than that. Consider that: And still the majority of the financial regulations promised after the 2008 meltdown have yet come to pass thanks to cozy relationships between our lawmakers and the country's wealthiest financiers. Exploring these forces that have led American businesses to favor balancing-sheet engineering over the actual kind and the pursuit of short-term corporate profits over job creation, Foroohar shows how financialization has so gravely harmed our society and why reversing this trend is of grave importance to us all. Through colorful stories of both "Takers" and "Makers", she'll reveal how we change the system for a better and more sustainable shared economic future. Members Reviews: Amazing I've read and listened to a number of books on financial markets and the economy. I have never read or listened to a book that so astutely goes over all of the major important points on how our economy has become as rigged as it is. Excellent, well researched and well presented This is an excellent book. It takes an incredibly complex storyline and simplifies it so we can understand The myriad contributors to our financial and societal challenges. I found myself looking forward to a summary of what could be done to solve these issues: summary that was provided in the last chapter. I wish the author had presented her recommendations in A more concise and concrete summary. Because we need concise and understandable solutions if we are going to have a chance of seeing them executed. Overall a great book Financialization is the new F word If you can handle the truth, sit down, strap in and hold on. Rana's research is superseded only by the logical presentation of the facts -- truths that political spin doctors and private moneyed interests may take issue with -- that include clear cause/effect examples which contribute to the economic situation we face today. I Can't Sing Enough Praises About It Rana Foroohar, who is an assistant managing editor at TIME and the magazines economics columnist, makes a compelling argument that Finance and NOT just poor economic theory is mostly to blame for our current economic problems.

Coffee Audiobook by Shawn Steiman, Jonathan Morris, Robert W. Thurston

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Shawn Steiman) — Tue, 10 Jun 2014 00:50:39 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Coffee Subtitle: A Comprehensive Guide to the Bean, the Beverage, and the Industry Author: Shawn Steiman, Jonathan Morris, Robert W. Thurston Narrator: Dan Kassis Format: Unabridged Length: 18 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 06-10-14 Publisher: University Press Audiobooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 63 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Coffee: A Comprehensive Guide to the Bean, the Beverage, and the Industry offers a definitive guide to the many rich dimensions of the bean and the beverage around the world. Leading experts from business and academia consider coffee's history, global spread, cultivation, preparation, marketing, and the environmental and social issues surrounding it today. They discuss, for example, the impact of globalization; the many definitions of organic, direct trade, and fair trade; the health of female farmers; the relationships among shade, birds, and coffee; roasting as an art and a science; and where profits are made in the commodity chain. Drawing on interviews and the lives of people working in the business-from pickers and roasters to coffee bar owners and consumers-this book brings a compelling human side to the story. The authors avoid romanticizing or demonizing any group in the business. They consider basic but widely misunderstood issues such as who adds value to the bean, the constraints of peasant life, and the impact of climate change. Moving beyond simple answers, they represent various participants in the supply chain and a range of opinions about problems and suggested solutions in the industry. Coffee offers a multidimensional examination of a deceptively everyday but extremely complex commodity that remains at the center of many millions of lives. Tracing coffee's journey from field to cup, this handbook to one of the world's favorite beverages is an essential guide for professionals, coffee lovers, and students alike. Critic Reviews: This comprehensive guide to the coffee bean and the beverage itself includes contributions from leading experts in business and academia... By tracing coffee's journey from field to cup, the editors work to create a guide for professionals, coffee lovers, and students to help them better understand their favorite beverage. ( Specialty Coffee Retailer) A gift to every coffee lover and scholar: this monumental guidebook takes the reader from seed to cup, with stops in every time and place where coffee is significant. Even coffee fanatics will find many stories and details to savor in this rich and rewarding collection. (Richard Wilk, Indiana University) Members Reviews: tons on info. very broad. I needed a broad look and got some resources and names for some more in-depth looks at specific areas. a great resource for sure. Daniel Sanchez of Oval Dogs Coffee in Rio Rancho NM Slow Too many wandering side stories, I couldn't finish it. I tried to give it a shot, after 13 chapters of pain I quit. Fun Information While I am glad I listened this is my first experience with a book that would have been better in print taken is small sips on a coffee table. This is the Moby Dick of books on coffee. Many will say they know the book, but few can claim the prize of reading every page. If you want to KNOW coffee, read this book. The contributions made by so many different writers to complete this work are valuable. The creators of the book prove that coffee is more than a hot, black and sweet substance. The livelihood of many rest in the success of coffee. Thank you authors, editors and publishers for your contribution. Read this book if you take coffee seriously. An extremely interesting book This book is THOROUGH! But I learned so much from it.

Like I See It Audiobook by Dale Pollak

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dale Pollak) — Thu, 23 Nov 2017 22:26:58 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Like I See It Subtitle: Obstacles and Opportunities Shaping the Future of Retail Automotive Author: Dale Pollak Narrator: Brian Holsopple Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 11-23-17 Publisher: vAuto Press Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Simply selling more cars won't be enough: revolutionizing the retail automotive industry Dale Pollak believes that the car business - and the dealers who make their living in it - are in more trouble than anyone cares to admit. After four decades and three best-selling books, Pollak has witnessed the trials and triumphs of the retail automotive industry from a vantage point that few get. While car dealers are making good money, he warns that the industry is at a critical turning point, with too few paying attention to how inefficiency and lack of transparency are sapping the industry's true potential. Amid the ever-faster confluence of technology, the Internet, and changing consumer preferences, the future prosperity of the industry is far from secure. Like I See It offers practical solutions, such as making the sales process more customer-focused and digitally driven to encourage sales, managing new and used inventory to mitigate margin compression, and ending factory bonus checks. It spurs much-needed conversations and sets guideposts that help dealers, OEMs, and solution providers improve how they do business. It also shows dealers how to stay relevant, evolve to keep up with the changing times, and deal with issues like high personnel turnover and the coming disruption of ride-sharing, self-driving cars, and millennials who don't want (or can't afford) to own a car. Pollak believes that success will come to dealers who recognize that each customer engagement is a chance to make a positive impact and create a bond. He offers a collectively minded approach that will help build a better, more profitable, and prosperous retail automotive industry for tomorrow. Members Reviews: Pollak is the pope of the auto industry Once again Dale Pollak has uncovered industry best practices in this quickly evolving industry. With a warning for the future, that we must heed. Five Stars Excellent read. Great insight Dale is always on point. Great read Five Stars Great book. Five Stars Great read for anyone in the automotive industry.

Learning Leadership Audiobook by James A. Kouzes, Barry Z. Posner

biacuaduc@gmail.com (James A. Kouzes) — Tue, 15 Nov 2016 02:58:21 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Learning Leadership Subtitle: The Five Fundamentals of Becoming an Exemplary Leader Author: James A. Kouzes, Barry Z. Posner Narrator: Kevin Stillwell Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 11-15-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 67 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: From the best-selling authors of The Leadership Challenge and over a dozen award-winning leadership books, James M. Kouzes and Barry Z. Posner have written a new book that examines a fundamental question: How do people learn leadership? How do they learn to become leaders? Learning Leadership: The Five Fundamentals of Becoming an Exemplary Leader is a comprehensive guide to unleashing the inner-leader in us all and to building a solid foundation for a lifetime of leadership growth and mastery. The book offers a concrete framework to help individuals of all levels, functions, and backgrounds take charge of their own leadership development and become the best leaders they can be. Arguing that all individuals are born with the capacity to lead, Kouzes and Posner provide listeners with a practical series of actions and specific coaching tips for harnessing that capacity and creating a context in which they can excel. Supported by over 30 years of research, from over 70 countries, and with examples from real-world leaders, Learning Leadership is a clarion call to unleash the leadership potential that is already present in today's society. According to Kouzes and Posner, "Leadership makes a significant difference in levels of engagement and commitment and is perhaps the most important asset in every organization, yet recent research points to a shortage of leaders. It is a serious global concern. The world needs more exemplary leaders in order to promote high-performing workplaces and inspire feelings of greater self-worth and meaningfulness. The shortage, however, is not because of the lack of potential talent. The people are out there, the eagerness is out there, and the capability is out there. The shortage results from prevailing myths - myths about talent, strengths, position, self-reliance, and effort - that inhibit the vast majority of leaders from shining and organizations from realizing the full benefits of the talent they already have." Learning Leadership provides listeners with evidence-based strategies to ignite the habit of continuous improvement and the mindset of becoming the best leaders they can be. Emerging leaders, as well as leadership developers, internal and external coaches and trainers, and other human resource professionals will learn from first-hand stories and practical examples so that they can deeply understand and apply the fundamentals for becoming the best leaders they can be. Members Reviews: Not worth using a credit What would have made Learning Leadership better? The book tells you over and over that anyone can be a great leader and can be learned, but the book lacks ideas on how and tools how. What could James A. Kouzes and Barry Z. Posner have done to make this a more enjoyable book for you? They could have given more tools and improved the pace of the book. Leadership: a learned skill. It requires hard work What did you love best about Learning Leadership? This book separates the notion of class, title and role in society from ones leadership potential. Essentially, anyone can become a leader of other humans. It's a skill that can be learned, practiced and honed by those who wish to have it. The hard part, just like any skill: running, sports, coding, investing,etc. you must work hard to be good at it.

Investment Banking for Dummies Audiobook by Matthew Krantz, Robert R. Johnson PhD CFA CAIA

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Matthew Krantz) — Mon, 20 Oct 2014 08:52:18 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Investment Banking for Dummies Author: Matthew Krantz, Robert R. Johnson PhD CFA CAIA Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Length: 14 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 10-20-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 81 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Enrich your career with a review of investment banking basics One of the most lucrative fields in business, investment banking frequently perplexes even banking professionals working within its complex laws. Investment Banking For Dummies remedies common misconceptions with a straightforward assessment of banking fundamentals. Written by experts in stock market proceedings, this book runs parallel to an introductory course in investment banking. It clearly outlines strategies for risk management, key investment banking operations, the latest information on competition and government regulations, and relationships between leveraged buyout funds, hedge funds, and corporate and institutional clients. With this reference, you can ace investment banking courses and grasp the radical changes that have revamped the stock market since the financial crisis. No serious business student or banking professional should be without the basic knowledge of issuing bonds, stocks, and other financial products outlined in this excellent resource. Members Reviews: Educational but Redundant This book is a wonderful way to build one background knowledge about investment banking and about investing. I was a little bit annoyed at how redundant the chapters were. Perhaps that way by design, because these types of Dummy books are not meant to be read from cover to cover. Overall, I'm glad I read it. I feel more knowledgeable for sure. The case study towards one of the latter chapters is very helpful. The history of investment banking was interesting and the history of the classic estimate will make a great conversation. Helped supplement my CFA curriculum I was looking for something to listen to to give additional color to my CFA readings. It was actually really useful to combine these resources. The only problem with the audio version is the reader would read out the entire link to websites (says "h-t-t-p-colon-slash-slash-w-w-w-dot"). Meanwhile I think every knows how to get to Google finance without the description Loved this book! Any additional comments? I really enjoyed the material and the voice was not boring. This information is invaluable. informative it was great very informative though doesn't go into the operational systems of I banks which is what I wanted still great book A phenomenal book. I have really enjoyed it. The area of the investment banking wasn't my strong side After listening this book I know what I need to know about that matter. I am sure thus book is for professional bankers and investors to remind them why they are here and what they should fo to accomplish the fundamental goal of the investment banking. Thank you very much to the authors. A great job.

Travels of a T-Shirt in the Global Economy Audiobook by Pietra Rivoli

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Pietra Rivoli) — Sat, 25 Oct 2008 06:26:07 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Travels of a T-Shirt in the Global Economy Author: Pietra Rivoli Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 10-25-08 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 117 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Pietra Rivoli is an economics professor at Georgetown University, where the question "Who made your T-shirt?" set her on a quest. On her journey she found that globalization is just as much about history and politics as it is about economics. ©2005 Pietra Rivoli; (P)2007 Recorded Books,LLC Members Reviews: A great, anecdote-rich layman's guide to trade This is a great introduction to international trade for the layman, and a nice reminder of its intricacies even for an economist like myself. I would recommend it both to those people who have glued themselves with fervent religiosity to the idealization of free trade (as have many economists) and also to those sophomoric protestors who think that products sold at Wal-Mart (and many other places) and made in the Third World are objects produced by slaves without any free will and exploited by their home governments. The real world is, as always, so much more complicated. And so much more interesting. Rivoli takes the example of t-shirt production, from cotton (in Texas) to fabric manufacture & basic t-shirt assembly (in China) to import & customization (back in the US) to the use of discarded (but still intact) t-shirts from the US (back to the Third World). This illustration, while not a perfect representation of every product and every trade war, does very well in showing the complexities to both extremes I mentioned above, and also lifting the scales from the eyes of people without fervent beliefs, but tending to one side or the other (free trade or exploitation). The book is well-narrated. And the book is comprehensive, insofar as its vertical following of cotton plants to discarded t-shirts is concerned. I did find the author rambled a bit in sections, annoying, which is the only reason I knocked a star off from the "5." I do think this rambling will make it more enjoyable, less dense, for the lay reader than for the professional though. Great book, good narrator, poorly edited narration Would you listen to Travels of a T-Shirt in the Global Economy again? Why? No, it seemed like no one really paid attention to editing the narration, and there were many times when you could hear the narrator stop, take a drink and swallow. This may seem minor, but when you are listening to it for eight hours, it becomes distracting and a little gross. Who was your favorite character and why? There were no real characters - only people involved in a chain of global trade. Would you listen to another book narrated by Eliza Foss? Only if I knew that someone had actually edited out all of the swallowing. Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting? No. I listened to it for a class. It was interesting, but not interesting enough to listen to for eight hours straight. Any additional comments? The story was fascinating, and I think the message in this book is one that we all need to hear as we learn to work within an ever-changing global economy. The author brought up points that I'd never thought about and delivered them in a way the encouraged further exploration and thought.

Private Empire Audiobook by Steve Coll

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Steve Coll) — Tue, 01 May 2012 09:42:07 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Private Empire Subtitle: ExxonMobil and American Power Author: Steve Coll Narrator: Malcolm Hillgartner Format: Unabridged Length: 24 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 05-01-12 Publisher: Penguin Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 471 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Steve Coll investigates the largest and most powerful private corporation in the United States, revealing the true extent of its power. ExxonMobils annual revenues are larger than the economic activity in the great majority of countries. In many of the countries where it conducts business, ExxonMobils sway over politics and security is greater than that of the United States embassy. In Washington, ExxonMobil spends more money lobbying Congress and the White House than almost any other corporation. Yet despite its outsized influence, it is a black box. Private Empire pulls back the curtain, tracking the corporations recent history and its central role on the world stage, beginning with the Exxon Valdez accident in 1989 and leading to the Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico in 2010. The action spans the globe, moving from Moscow, to impoverished African capitals, Indonesia, and elsewhere in heart-stopping scenes that feature kidnapping cases, civil wars, and high-stakes struggles at the Kremlin. At home, Coll goes inside ExxonMobils K Street office and corporation headquarters in Irving, Texas, where top executives in the God Pod (as employees call it) oversee an extraordinary corporate culture of discipline and secrecy. The narrative is driven by larger-than-life characters, including corporate legend Lee Iron Ass Raymond, ExxonMobils chief executive until 2005. A close friend of Dick Cheneys, Raymond was both the most successful and effective oil executive of his era and an unabashed skeptic about climate change and government regulation. This position proved difficult to maintain in the face of new science and political change, and Raymonds successor, current ExxonMobil chief executive Rex Tillerson, broke with Raymonds programs in an effort to reset ExxonMobils public image. The larger cast includes countless world leaders, plutocrats, dictators, guerrillas, and corporate scientists who are part of ExxonMobils colossal story. The first hard-hitting examination of ExxonMobil, Private Empire is the masterful result of Colls indefatigable reporting. He draws here on more than 400 interviews, field reporting from the halls of Congress to the oil-laden swamps of the Niger Delta, more than 1,000 pages of previously classified U.S. documents obtained under the Freedom of Information Act, heretofore unexamined court records, and many other sources. A penetrating, newsbreaking study, Private Empire is a defining portrait of ExxonMobil and the place of Big Oil in American politics and foreign policy. Members Reviews: Great Fly on the Wall Perspective of ExxonMobil If you like to feel like an insider, then this book is for you! I really like Steven Coll's pacing, as he was able to get my attention immediately as he starts with the tragedy surrounding the Exxon Valdez and all the characters involved in this historical event. From there he takes you through the ups and downs of this enormous private enterprise, which I found very insightful. The key to the success of this book is the neutral perspective assumed by Coll, as I hate books that try to portray something that is simply big as also automatically bad.

Big Weed Audiobook by Joseph D'Agnese, Christian Hageseth

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Joseph D'Agnese) — Tue, 02 Jun 2015 13:10:08 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Big Weed Subtitle: An Entrepreneur's High-Stakes Adventures in the Budding Legal Marijuana Business Author: Joseph D'Agnese, Christian Hageseth Narrator: Christian Hageseth Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 06-02-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 276 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Legal marijuana is the hottest story in the US today. Twenty-five states and the District of Columbia have authorized sales in some form; Denver has more legal marijuana dispensaries than Starbucks franchises. We are witnessing the dawn of a new industry. And like the early days of gourmet coffee chains, the rules and players are being established on the fly. Christian Hageseth is the face of the revolution - an entrepreneur and father of three who worked in the white-collar professional world for 20 years before opening his first dispensary. The founder and chairman of Green Man Cannabis, the fastest-growing marijuana company in the country, he's the perfect tour guide through the wild frontier, where police hardly know what laws to enforce or parents what to tell their kids. He paints a colorful picture not only of how he got into the business but of the big interests that are eager to do the same - namely Big Tobacco, Big Agra, and Big Pharma. He predicts a future where the marijuana market splits in two: the high-end, artisanal market, supplied by individual growers and small farms, and the mass market, covered by the cigarette giants and anyone bold enough to compete with them. Much like beer and coffee, your brand of weed will be just one more reflection of your lifestyle. It's an entrepreneur's dream, and Hageseth invites us along as he pitches skeptical investors, negotiates a shaggy cast of colleagues, and builds the biggest business he can. Members Reviews: Easy Intro to Brave New World Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why? Yes, if interested in legal marijuana. This book is about 33% memoir, 33% about starting up a new business, and 33% editorial on legalizing marijuana. Who was your favorite character and why? The author is candid in his views about the business. But there are tremendous gaps in his story: how it destroyed his marriage; how he managed hiring and security practices; how he conducted product development; how he promoted his business to customers, etc. The good part of this book is that it is first peek into the brave new world of legal weed. Absolutely fascinating. The author doesn't paint in only gold tones, but also warns that this is like starting any other business. And that it is competitive. 50% of the dispensaries open in 2014 will be closed within 3 years. On the "editorial" side of things, the author illustrates how MJ busts are now more like speeding tickets and less like SWAT exercises. His read of the trends in the industry are also worth noting. Which scene was your favorite? The High Times convention, when the author was baked for the entirety of the convention. He wrote like he had the time of his life. Now I want to go, too. If you were to make a film of this book, what would the tag line be? The Other Green Economy Loved every minute of it My audible library is long. It's filled with books since I have a long commute for work. This is by far my favorite book! It speaks to me. It's everything I believe about marijuana. It's everything I believe about nature and being one with it. Chris talks about finding his bliss and finally being happy. That's what I'm looking for. I'm going to listen to it again. Enjoyable and informative I enjoyed learning about this business.

Utopia for Realists Audiobook by Rutger Bregman

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Rutger Bregman) — Fri, 11 Aug 2017 14:16:30 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Utopia for Realists Subtitle: How We Can Build the Ideal World Author: Rutger Bregman Narrator: Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 34 mins Language: English Release date: 08-11-17 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 28 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Universal basic income. A 15-hour workweek. Open borders. Does it sound too good to be true? One of Europe's leading young thinkers shows how we can build an ideal world today. After working all day at jobs we often dislike, we buy things we don't need. Rutger Bregman, a Dutch historian, reminds us it needn't be this way - and in some places it isn't. Rutger Bregman's TED Talk about universal basic income seemed impossibly radical when he delivered it in 2014. A quarter of a million views later, the subject of that video is being seriously considered by leading economists and government leaders all over the world. It's just one of the many utopian ideas that Bregman proves is possible today. Utopia for Realists is one of those rare books that takes you by surprise and challenges what you think can happen. From a Canadian city that once completely eradicated poverty to Richard Nixon's near implementation of a basic income for millions of Americans, Bregman takes us on a journey through history and beyond the traditional left-right divides as he champions ideas whose time has come. Every progressive milestone of civilization - from the end of slavery to the beginning of democracy - was once considered a utopian fantasy. Bregman's book, both challenging and bracing, demonstrates that new utopian ideas, like the elimination of poverty and the creation of the 15-hour workweek, can become reality in our lifetime. Being unrealistic and unreasonable can, in fact, make the impossible inevitable, and it is the only way to build the ideal world. Critic Reviews: "Rutger Bregman is part of a new generation of thinkers who are suggesting exciting alternatives to the orthodoxies of the last 40 years. In this surprising, accessible, and often counterintuitive book, Bregman explores some brilliant but simple ideas for making a better world." (Brian Eno) ''It's a wonderful, well-written book, easily the crispest and least dry explanation of the research and history behind basic income as an idea I've seen in print." (Dylan Matthews) Members Reviews: Brilliant Intelligent, inspiring and surprising, Bregman has captured the history of ideas and current social and economic dilemmas superbly. His is a radical view and one that needs to be taken seriously if the world and it's populations are to survive. FINALLY!!! ...Someone else who GETS it!!! The TRUTH & REALITY of the poverty and it's affects. A mandatory listen/read for EVERY single human on the planet.

Animal Spirits Audiobook by George A. Akerlof, Robert J. Shiller

biacuaduc@gmail.com (George A. Akerlof) — Tue, 11 Aug 2009 05:51:29 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Animal Spirits Subtitle: How Human Psychology Drives the Economy, and Why It Matters for Global Capitalism Author: George A. Akerlof, Robert J. Shiller Narrator: Marc Vietor Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 08-11-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 243 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Akerlof and Shiller reassert the necessity of an active government role in economic policymaking by recovering the idea of animal spirits, a term John Maynard Keynes used to describe the gloom and despondence that led to the Great Depression and the changing psychology that accompanied recovery. Like Keynes, Akerlof and Shiller know that managing these animal spirits requires the steady hand of government--simply allowing markets to work won't do it. In rebuilding the case for a more robust, behaviorally informed Keynesianism, they detail the most pervasive effects of animal spirits in contemporary economic life--such as confidence, fear, bad faith, corruption, a concern for fairness, and the stories we tell ourselves about our economic fortunes--and show how Reaganomics, Thatcherism, and the rational expectations revolution failed to account for them. Animal Spirits offers a road map for reversing the financial misfortunes besetting us today. Read it and learn how leaders can channel animal spirits--the powerful forces of human psychology that are afoot in the world economy today. Members Reviews: A Relevant Portrayal of Behavioral Economics If you've ever read a book on Behavioral Economics and wondered why PHd candidates spend so much time formulating theories on the obvious, this book is for you. This book is applied Behavioral Economics as it relates to the crisis of 2007 and it is a mostly brilliant work at that. If you are a capitalist, you might want to stop at the end of Chapter 12 as the authors take off their lab coats and get up on their social apologist soap box in an inexplicable departure from an otherwise coherent book. One nagging point that the authors might not agree with is what I percieved to be an interchangeable use of "Economies" and "Markets". That strikes me as particularly egregious in a book on behavioral econ. Absolutely don't agree w conclusion that Animal Spirits can or should be regulated away. Still, well worth a read. Fatuous Spirits Firstly, I completely agree with the basic premise of this book; current economic theory does not account for the non-economic urges (animal spirits) that greatly effect financial decisions. Unfortunately that is about as far as my agreement extends. I think most economists agree animal spirts are important BUT they are very difficult to quantify, thus the lack of a coherent theory involving animal spirits. This does not seem to bother the authors, who instead of quantifying their theory, tell stories about animal spirits. These stories sound reasonable, but anyone can make up stories that sound reasonable. Such stories are not evidence at all, let alone compelling evidence. Most of the stories, when analyzed carefully, are very weak at best. The authors propose to show how corruption stimulated several recessions. Not only was the argument quite weak, the editors seem to have added a single line after the rest was written indicating that it was clear there were several other more important causal factors. The authors propose the fact union labor contracts generally dont include cost of living adjustments in their contracts, or workers strongly fight wage reductions demonstrate that people dont understand inflation (the money illusion).

The Money Game Audiobook by Adam Smith

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Adam Smith) — Tue, 04 Aug 2015 04:00:45 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Money Game Author: Adam Smith Narrator: David Rapkin Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 08-04-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 75 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Hailed by the New York Times Book Review as "the best book there is about the stock market," this timeless classic by the creator and host of the Emmy Award-winning TV show Adam Smith's Money World is still relevant more than 40 years later. This essential book takes listeners to the Street to learn about the intricacies of money and how the stock market impacts every area of our lives. According to the author, the key to making wise, lucrative investments is knowing ourselves. In witty, easily accessible language, he shares pithy insights about the role of intuition and the psychology of guilt, arguing that there is no substitute for information. Smith's Irregular Rules shatter common myths and misconceptions, revealing why nothing works all the time and illustrating how greed and fear fuel the market. Listeners will learn about the safest types of investing, the key to following market trends, and how to capitalize growth, gleaning tips on stock movers, winners and losers, and much more. Peppered with entertaining and prescient anecdotes, The Money Game analyzes who makes the really big money and explores the meaning of our desire to become rich. From selling short and buying long to Wall Street's crowd mentality, from what constitutes a random walk to why timing is everything, this is the definitive portrait of the Street, then and now. Members Reviews: A Masterpiece. One of the greatest pieces on markets and economies ever written. Requires moderate understanding of securities and other financial instruments Analysis of the human condition more than money. Very entertaining and enjoyable book. The last chapter is my favorite,hinting at the possible evolution to a resource based global community. Average Someone recommend this book so decided to give a go. I didn't get it. Wherever I'm too young, don't know about stock market enough, missed the point or other reasons. It was easy to listen, and few funny stories. I haven't learned anything, and I don't think I will recommend to any friend. Maybe I had different expectations.

Crash of the Titans Audiobook by Greg Farrell

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Greg Farrell) — Tue, 02 Nov 2010 07:08:18 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Crash of the Titans Subtitle: Greed, Hubris, the Fall of Merrill Lynch and the Near-Collapse of Bank of America Author: Greg Farrell Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Length: 16 hrs and 29 mins Language: English Release date: 11-02-10 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 244 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The intimate, fly-on-the wall tale of the decline and fall of an America icon. With one notable exception, the firms that make up what we know as Wall Street have always been part of an inbred, insular culture that most people only vaguely understand. The exception was Merrill Lynch, a firm that revolutionized the stock market by bringing Wall Street to Main Street, setting up offices in far-flung cities and towns long ignored by the giants of finance. With its thundering herd of financial advisers, perhaps no other business, whether in financial services or elsewhere, so epitomized the American spirit. Merrill Lynch was not only bullish on America, it was a big reason why so many average Americans were able to grow wealthy by investing in the stock market. Merrill Lynch was an icon. Its sudden decline, collapse, and sale to Bank of America was a shock. How did it happen? Why did it happen? And what does this story of greed, hubris, and incompetence tell us about the culture of Wall Street that continues to this day, even though it came close to destroying the American economy? A culture in which the CEO of a firm losing $28 billion pushes hard to be paid a $25 million bonus. A culture in which two Merrill Lynch executives are guaranteed bonuses of $30 million and $40 million for four months work, even while the firm is struggling to reduce its losses by firing thousands of employees. Members Reviews: A Dizzying Story About the Fall of an Icon Crash of the Titans is a spiraling story that spans the 80 year history of Merrill Lynch and Bank of America in a back and forth, non-linear path. Understanding the back story and living through the storm as a Bank of America associate during the Great Recession, I was able to follow the cast of characters and timeline of events with ease. But I can't imagine someone outside of the firm being able to make the same connections as easily without having to re-read (or re-listen) to many sections. But if you can follow the timeline of events, understand the basics of the banking terms and functions of capital markets, the story is awesome. It is a can't miss thrill ride that puts a human context around the headlines that splashed the front pages of newspapers for weeks between 2007 and 2008. Everyone we though were villains were not necessary so. Everyone we thought were hero weren't so innocent either. Dan Woren speaks life into this very intriguing story written by Greg Farrell. Unlike some narrators of business books, Woren was no overly dry or stiff in tone. For those of us who enjoy business and non-fiction audiobooks, the narrator is key. And Woren's performance kept me going and gave feeling to each of the Wall Street bankers her spoke for. In all, this audiobook was well worth the credit, but it is not for the faint of heart. The story treats the reader (listener) as if they understand the basics of capital markets and jumps around with the timeline. But the holistic story of how an icon like the Thundering Herd of Merrill Lynch who helped restore confidence in the market by middle America after the 1929 stock market crash until its own demise is enthralling for those of us who lived through it. The author needs an outline or timeline This book needs a timeline and the author should stick to it.

Poke the Box Audiobook by Seth Godin

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Seth Godin) — Tue, 01 Mar 2011 04:50:29 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Poke the Box Author: Seth Godin Narrator: Seth Godin Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 03-01-11 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 891 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: We send our kids to school and obsess about their test scores, their behavior, and their ability to fit in. We post a help-wanted ad and look for experience, famous colleges, and a history of avoiding failure. We invest in companies based on how they did last quarter, not on what theyre going to do tomorrow. So why are we surprised when it all falls apart? Our economy is not static, but we act as if it is. Your position in the world is defined by what you instigate, how you provoke, and what you learn from the events you cause. In a world filled with change, thats what matters - your ability to create and learn from change. Poke the Box is a manifesto about producing something thats scarce, and thus valuable. It demands that you stop waiting for a road map and start drawing one instead. You know how to do this, youve done it before, but along the way, someone talked you out of it. We need your insight and your dreams and your contributions. Hurry. Members Reviews: Highly Motivational I am a big fan of Seth Godin and his prior works, and I bought the audio and Kindle versions of "Poke the Box." If you are new to Seth and his works and thinking, this is a great overview. If not, you will find quite a few of the topics he mentions have been discussed before in his prior works - however, the value delivered here is his admonishment that the motivation to 'start' something is more valuable long term than 'waiting to be picked.' I found that the audio version of "Poke the Box" to be more inspiring and motivational than reading the book - perhaps because he revisits topics he has covered in past works to reinforce his 'start something' premise - and at a bit more than 2 hours in length - very accessible in an afternoon or evening of listening. Worth the price and time to listen, particularly if you are new to his works and thinking. Goad Demands that you "Poke the Box" Seth Godin has a new book that is entitled POKE THE BOX. Godin calls this book a manifesto to get people out of their own personal boxes and in a mental position to "start something." He wants people to understand they have much more potential than they will allow themselves to believe. He hates the idea that so many of us wait around to "get picked." He says that in today's world there is no reason to wait around to get picked. He makes it clear that we can choose ourselves and make things happen. One of his aphorisms is the idea that "he who fails the most generally wins." That makes me think of a friend, former Coker College student and published author -- Donnie Quist. He had a book and he wanted it published. He did not wait to get picked. He used the innovation of Kickstarter and LET ME MAKE YOU A SANDWICH is in the public realm. Had Donnie waited around to be picked he would probably still be unpublished. Seth Godin would like Donnie Quist's story. Do not pick up this manifesto if you want to continue believing that other people limit you ability to make things happen in this world. Don't pick up this manifesto if you believe that doing what you are told well is all you need to achieve success. Do not look for this extended lecture if you believe the status quo is the way to go.

All the Presidents' Bankers Audiobook by Nomi Prins

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Nomi Prins) — Wed, 11 Jun 2014 03:13:03 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: All the Presidents' Bankers Subtitle: The Hidden Alliances That Drive American Power Author: Nomi Prins Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Length: 19 hrs and 55 mins Language: English Release date: 06-11-14 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 108 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Culled from original presidential archival documents, All the Presidents' Bankers delivers an explosive account of the 100-year interdependence between the White House and Wall Street that transcends a simple analysis of money driving politics or greed driving bankers. Nomi Prins ushers us into the intimate world of exclusive clubs, vacation spots, and Ivy League universities that binds presidents and financiers. She unravels the multi-generational blood, intermarriage, and protégé relationships that have confined national influence to a privileged cluster of people. This unprecedented history of American power illuminates how financiers have retained their authoritative position through history, swaying presidents regardless of party affiliation. It explores the alarming global repercussions of a system lacking barriers between public office and private power. Prins leaves us with an ominous choice: either we break the alliances of the power elite, or they will break us. Members Reviews: You better like history about the elite and rich Shew! I made it through. Good God I thought I would collapse from listening to these guys telling their own stories via the documented notes and diaries Nomi used. She does a thorough job but it took a while to make it through 100 years of obscene banksterism and collusion between the government and banks. If you don't know this stuff then you need to hear this. If you're like me and know the topic well it's a bit trying to hear but still has good parts. In the end, prepare yourself for a major collapse of the economic system as we know it. Thank you to big to fail. The Most Important US History book. What did you love best about All the Presidents' Bankers? If you want to truly understand US History, from foreign policy to labor laws, the first place to start is the interactions between the power elite: Wall Street and the White House. Instead, the vast herds of sheeple rely on mainstream media and mainstream books. Corporate media and corporate publishers will only teach you the political theater, where voters are spectators swallowed up by pre-defined "choices" that have zero impact on the fundamental Economic Politics/Power Structures. So, one has to look outside. Nomi Prins is amazing at documenting the history of Wall Street. Also recommended: Matt Taibbi - "Griftopia", "The Divide"... these are great introductions to Wall Street scams and inequality. Very easy and fun read for those that find nonfiction challenging! David Graeber - "The Democracy Project", "Debt: The First 1000 Years"... Graeber elegantly combines history/anthropology with Economic Politics and philosophy. Chris Hedges - "Death of the Liberal Class"... amazing war correspondent who starts to escape the political theater and examine Economic Politics/Power Structures. Michael Hudson - probably the best Economist research professor, wrote the classic "Super Imperialism" in 1972. Michael Perelman - "The Invention of Capitalism" Ferdinand Lundberg - legendary journalist who wrote "America's Sixty Families" in 1937. George Orwell - "Homage to Catalonia"...

Business Plan QuickStart Guide: The Simplified Beginner's Guide to Writing a Business Plan

biacuaduc@gmail.com (ClydeBank Business) — Tue, 28 Jul 2015 21:36:05 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Business Plan QuickStart Guide: The Simplified Beginner's Guide to Writing a Business Plan Author: ClydeBank Business Narrator: Amy Barron Smolinski Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 07-28-15 Publisher: ClydeBank Media LLC Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 103 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: So you have an idea for a startup, an idea that could potentially be worth millions, even billions! Maybe it's for a software program, a multiplatform app, perhaps a new niche retail store. This idea could change your life, and even more, it can change the world! So, now what? How do you turn that idea into a real-life thriving business? How do you take some chicken scratch on a napkin and turn it into a dollar symbol? Do you need to have your MBA, a CEO as your mentor, or $200 million in seed money? No! What you need is far more simple, and it can be created in as little as three hours! What you need is a business plan. As simple as it sounds, a business plan is a plan for your business. Think of it as the blueprint for a house. It will show you how to go from start to finish while showing you all of the pieces you will need along the way. A business plan will take an idea or concept for a business and can turn into a reality within as little as 3 hours. In order to create a successful, sustainable business, you need a defined and developed strategy for acquisition of funds, market analysis, advertising, structure, and scaling as well as several other elements. Your initial creation will by no means be a final copy; however, it will serve as a point to build from that will expand in line with the growth and vision of your business. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio. Members Reviews: Very comprehensive! If youve ever wanted to write a business plan, this is the audiobook that will assist you. In a little under one and a half hours, youll learn how to write a business plan. This book recognizes the inevitable difficulties surrounding starting a business and so it first begins with the fundamentals on WHY and WHEN the business plan is needed, and WHAT information is needed. Then each chapter thoroughly covers all the necessary areas of a business plan like: executive summary and company description, market analysis and organization, and funding and financial projections. The division of content in each chapter takes away the stress of not knowing which direction to take. You just have to follow the chapters. For such a short audiobook, this covers great in-depth information, which I cannot stress enough -- is easy to follow. Amy Barron Smolinski is also a really great narrator. This is a comprehensive guide that any business owner will want to grab up and learn from. Recommended! *I received this free audiobook in exchange for an unbiased review.* Straightforward and no-nonsense, yet cheerful. If you could sum up Business Plan Writing Guide: How to Write a Successful & Sustainable Business Plan in Under 3 Hours in three words, what would they be? - Straightforward - Clear - Organized What other book might you compare Business Plan Writing Guide: How to Write a Successful & Sustainable Business Plan in Under 3 Hours to and why? Business Plans For Dummies - It touches on the basics in an understandable way, but honestly, I like this one better. What about Amy Barron Smolinskis performance did you like? Amy Barron Smolinski was very clear and her voice was enthusiastic without being annoying. Excellent enunciation.

People over Profit Audiobook by Dale Partridge

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dale Partridge) — Tue, 05 May 2015 15:06:26 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: People over Profit Subtitle: Break the System, Live with Purpose, Be More Successful Author: Dale Partridge Narrator: Dale Partridge Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 05-05-15 Publisher: Thomas Nelson Publishers Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 366 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Serial entrepreneur and business visionary Dale Partridge reveals seven core beliefs that create success by putting people first. Every day major headlines tell the story of a new and better American marketplace. Established corporations have begun reevaluating the quality of their products, the ethics of their supply chains, and how they can give back by donating portions of their profits to meaningful causes. Meanwhile millions of entrepreneurs who want a more responsible and compassionate marketplace have launched a new breed of socially focused business models. Sevenly founder Dale Partridge uncovers the seven core beliefs shared by consumers, starters, and leaders behind this transformation. These beliefs have enabled Dale to build a multimillion-dollar company that is revolutionizing the marketplace. He believes they are the secret to creating a sustainable world that values honesty over deception, transparency over secrecy, authenticity over hype, and, ultimately, people over profit. Members Reviews: So inspired. I'm not a millennial, I work for a corporation(a good one , mentioned in the book) but I'm not self employed, I say NO to Facebook, and I haven't mastered social media.....but I am a leader & I am creative & I love to be inspired. I have a feeling I am not the typical demographic that follows Dale Partridge, since finishing his book I have told every person who will stand still for 30 seconds to listen to this book. I am committed to staying relevant in the marketplace as a leader and I believe People over Profit is going to be my personal handbook as I move forward and do so. I am so impressed by Dale and his candor. I hope he continues to do amazing things and I can't wait to listen all about it! Amazing content. Very objective and useful. The seven believes are Much worth to read/listen. After this I will buy the book and spread the word among my friends. Good, sensible information good information, I would recommend for any entrepreneurs or companies who want a roadmap for doing the right thing, regardless of profitability. Awesome book A clear and concise message, really enjoyed listening to this book. Alliance me to get a good idea of my next step and how to maintain the ideals of my business. Echos Popular Sentiment What did you love best about People over Profit? This book reiterates many publicized facts and opinions about companies that have either snowed the consumer,or have apologized, reinvented and ultimately redeemed themselves.To participate in a transparent economy , ones's success is measured by a degree product quality and care for the customer. Dale Partridge has given us a synopsis of examples that have worked in this regard; In this respect, his treatise has succeeded. He champions honesty and integrity in the workplace, but in it's effort to provide the reader with a balanced outlook, he lacks the necessary ingredient that would make me want to recommend this book wholeheartedly.

The Undoing Project Audiobook by Michael Lewis

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michael Lewis) — Tue, 06 Dec 2016 06:31:05 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Undoing Project Subtitle: A Friendship That Changed the World Author: Michael Lewis Narrator: Dennis Boutsikaris Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 12-06-16 Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 93 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Daniel Kahneman and Amos Tversky met in war-torn 1960s Israel. Both were gifted young psychology professors: Kahneman a rootless son of Holocaust survivors who saw the world as a problem to be solved, Tversky a voluble, instinctual blur of energy. In this breathtaking new audiobook, Michael Lewis tells the extraordinary story of a relationship that became a shared mind: one which created the field of behavioural economics, revolutionising everything from Big Data to medicine, from how we are governed to how we spend, from high finance to football. Kahneman and Tversky, shows Michael Lewis, helped shape the world in which we now live - and may well have changed, for good, humankind's view of its own mind. Members Reviews: Great writer finds a great topic If you loved Daniel Kahneman's 'Thinking Fast and Slow', you will enjoy this biography + elaboration from Michael Lewis. If you haven't read the Kahneman yet, you definitely should and then read this, assuming the 400+ pages of Kahneman left you wanting more (which is the normal reaction, I believe.) No point in me repeating that ML is a great writer and story teller, but it probably is worth saying that the narration by Dennis Boutsikaris is of that 6-star quality that leaves you feeling sorry for people who read the hard copy version to themselves. He adds to your understanding. Leaves you waiting for the film version... By the way, I've recently downloaded and audioed 'Winter is Coming' by Gary Kasparov and 'The Euro' by Jospeh Stiglizt from Audible.fr - the French website. I can't review them on the UK site, but I thought I would flag up that there is a different selection of Audio-books in the 'Paris Store', so you might want to check that out. So much for the single market! A powerful and evocative story of twinned minds Where does The Undoing Project rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far? The best philosophical biography i have ever read/ listened to What was one of the most memorable moments of The Undoing Project? How Danny Kahneman and Amos Tversky's experiences of the Holocaust (and War in Israel's military) fundamentally shaped who they were; was it these experinces that fostered characters destined to be collaborators together as much as it created people that would inevitably tear apart from one another?! Which character as performed by Dennis Boutsikaris was your favourite? Amos was the most compelling and intriguiung character as you don't feel you get to understand or see all of his emotional levels. Did you have an emotional reaction to this book? Did it make you laugh or cry? Yes, it opened my mind to collaboration between scholars as being completely equal. The whole is greater than sum of the parts is as true in Academia as it is anywhere else in life. Any additional comments? The story of two trailblazers who will leave/ have left the world a better place as a result of their work. Total joy from start to finish. I love Michael Lewis and I love Danny Kahneman. This is the book I most wanted to read in the world and I hadn't realised it until it existed. Cannot recommend it enough. Serves as a perfect companion to Thinking fast and slow. OK I was expecting more, but maybe there wasn't anymore to get out of the story.

No Nonsense Real Estate Audiobook by Alex Goldstein

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Alex Goldstein) — Wed, 05 Oct 2016 08:44:30 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: No Nonsense Real Estate Subtitle: What Everyone Should Know Before Buying or Selling a Home Author: Alex Goldstein Narrator: Dan Culhane Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 34 mins Language: English Release date: 10-05-16 Publisher: Archangel Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 18 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Nine reasons to download this book now: As a bonus, Goldstein has included an extensive list of the most frequently asked questions he's received from buyers, sellers and investors over the years, along with an extensive glossary list of relevant real estate terms. Members Reviews: Really is No Nonsense! Extremely thorough guide to buying and/or selling a home. The first time I went through this process I had no idea of the complexities involved, nor the number of people who would ultimately be involved in all of the paperwork. Mr. Goldstein lays this out in an easy to understand manner, and I do wish a book like this had been available then. If you are buying, or selling a home for the first time, or have had dubious experiences before, this is a fantastic guide. I wished I could have somehow read this sooner! Great book, I WISH I would have read it many years ago before buying my first few houses. It would have helped a lot! Now I'm just glad I've learned this info and can refer back to it before I buy my next house in a few years. Highly recommended. The quality of information in books these days is mixed, but this is a really good one. Valuable information! This book can save you years by teaching you the ins and outs of real estate that many people don't know. Instead of relying on others and putting it to chance you can learn what to look for yourself. From beginning to end it helps to have a working knowledge of the entire process. It will save you money and time. Great resouce I am in the process of selling and buying so this was very informative for me. I hope to use it shortly. But this book if... Loved it. He's unbiased and gets really detailed. He covers all aspects of buying a house and even talks about obscure types of properties like co-ops (which I happen to live in) My biggest takeaway is that he shows you how to NOT make mistakes. For most people, buying a house is the biggest financial transaction they'll ever make. Alex shows you the common pitfalls and how to avoid them. It's extremely helpful, especially given the housing crisis and subsequent economic collapse we saw back in 2008.

Chain of Title Audiobook by David Dayen

biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Dayen) — Tue, 17 May 2016 07:49:55 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Chain of Title Subtitle: How Three Ordinary Americans Uncovered Wall Street's Great Foreclosure Fraud Author: David Dayen Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 56 mins Language: English Release date: 05-17-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 433 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: In the depths of the Great Recession, a cancer nurse, a car dealership worker, and an insurance fraud specialist helped uncover the largest consumer crime in American history - a scandal that implicated dozens of major executives on Wall Street. They called it foreclosure fraud: Millions of families were kicked out of their homes based on false evidence by mortgage companies that had no legal right to foreclose. Lisa Epstein, Michael Redman, and Lynn Szymoniak did not work in government or law enforcement. They had no history of anticorporate activism. Instead they were all foreclosure victims, and while struggling with their shame and isolation they committed a revolutionary act: closely reading their mortgage documents, discovering the deceit behind them, and building a movement to expose it. Fiscal Times columnist David Dayen recounts how these ordinary Floridians challenged the most powerful institutions in America armed only with the truth - and for a brief moment, they brought the corrupt financial industry to its knees. Members Reviews: Capital Corruption and Greed A sordid, excruciatingly frustrating story of the home mortgage scandal of the last decade and the disastrous consequences wrought on many innocent Americans victimized by the incompetence and greed of the banks, mortgage service companies and rating agencies. Although many people share some responsibility for heedlessly rushing into risky financial agreements they had no business anywhere near, the banks and the predatory lending practices they spawned as a result of the securitization of home mortgages deserve most of the blame for the misery they caused. Exceptionally well written and narrated this is a serious learning experience for all. Fiance, Law, and Corruption all in one An interesting look at the mortgage crisis of 2008. Follows a couple private citizens who were able to uncover and politicize mistakes by Wall St banks and the government offices that regulates them. Well Told, Accessible, Essential David Dayen is a highly respected financial news and economics journalist for a reason. He finds a way to make even the most dry and dense topics understandable while making it absolutely clear why we should all care. "Chain of Title," his first book, is meticulously researched and is a deep dive into the foreclosure crisis but it is all viewed through the lens and lives of three regular people who instead of going quietly into the dark of foreclosure shame chose, to shine a revelatory light. Whatever you know about the foreclosure crisis sprouted, quite directly, from the questions these people asked and the shocking answers they unearthed. Heroes are those who run into the fire, into the storm, to bring others to safety. "Chain of Title" is a gripping, true-to-life rendering of the lives of heroes and the deeds of villains. And, whether you know it or not, what this handful of people discovered changed your life. Totally Unbelievable, Except It Happened Any additional comments? I was captured by the stories told and amazed and saddened by how broken the systems are that are supposed to prevent all of this and get justice for those that suffer through these crimes. The book has places that list a lot of legal type details that did drone on in this audio version - I would likely have skipped over those details if I was reading this book.

Smart Pricing Audiobook by Jagmohan Raju

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jagmohan Raju) — Fri, 04 Jun 2010 15:45:22 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Smart Pricing Subtitle: How Google, Priceline, and Leading Businesses Use Pricing Innovation for Profitability Author: Jagmohan Raju Narrator: Knighton Bliss Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 06-04-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 206 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: In Smart Pricing, Wharton professors and renowned pricing experts Jagmohan Raju and Z. John Zhang draw on examples from high tech to low tech, from consumer markets to business markets, and from the U.S. to abroad, to tell the stories of how innovative pricing strategies can help companies create and capture value as well as customers. They teach the pricing principles behind those innovative ideas and practices. Smart Pricing introduces to marketing and product executives, along with corporate strategists, many innovative approaches to pricing, as well as the research and insights that went into their creation. Filled with illustrative examples from the business world, listeners will discover restaurants where customers set the price...learn how Google and other high-tech firms have used pricing to remake whole industries...and understand how executives in China successfully start and fight price wars to conquer new markets. Smart Pricing goes well beyond familiar approaches like cost-plus, buyer-based pricing, or competition-based pricing, and puts a wide variety of pricing mechanisms at your disposal. This book helps you understand them, choose them, and use them to win. Critic Reviews: "In this smart and excellent book, Jagmohan Raju and John Zhang have packed many years of experience and expertise to help managers navigate through the complex environment that they face today. (Sunil Gupta, Edward W. Carter Professor of Business and Head of the Marketing Department, Harvard Business School) Members Reviews: Broadens your perspective on pricing; not a how-to This book broadened my thinking about pricing strategies by dedicated one chapter to an alternative pricing method (alternative to cost plus pricing). One of the authors' key points is that pricing does not arise from the "invisible hand of the market" but is a deliberate choice on the part of a business owner. They also point out that a good pricing strategy is aligned with the type of customer you are serving.The book is really a set of separate chapters dedicated to nine pricing methods (e.g., freemium, pay as you wish, premium pricing, price wars), and doesn't really have a summary or culminating insight other than the two mentioned previously. This book is not a "how to" so it won't help you devise a pricing strategy for your business; rather, it will help you "think outside the box" in terms of what is possible and what other people have made work for their businesses. The narrator is pretty good and engaging. Breaks your mindset This book is book of simple ideas. It makes you think about multiple pricing strategies. It also explains why some pricing methods work and why others don't. I am not a pricing expert, but having worked with many businesses, I now see how wrong some of their pricing strategies are. Who would believe that a price war can be good for your long term business, or increasing your prices could make your goods more valuable and your business more profitable for the long term. It happens all the time and your business might just benefit. This book is ideal for people who want to learn about pricing and/or get you to think about how your product should be priced. This was a great buy for me who knew nothing about pricing.

The Everything Store Audiobook by Brad Stone

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Brad Stone) — Thu, 05 Dec 2013 20:47:24 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Everything Store Author: Brad Stone Narrator: Pete Larkin Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs Language: English Release date: 12-05-13 Publisher: Random House Audiobooks Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 166 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2013 Financial Times and Goldman Sachs Business Book of the Year Award. Amazon.com started off delivering books through the mail. But its visionary founder, Jeff Bezos, wasn't content with being a bookseller. He wanted Amazon to become the everything store, offering limitless selection and seductive convenience at disruptively low prices. To achieve that end, he developed a corporate culture of relentless ambition and secrecy that's never been cracked. Until now... Brad Stone enjoyed unprecedented access to current and former Amazon employees and Bezos family members, giving readers the first in-depth, fly-on-the-wall account of life at Amazon. Compared to tech's other elite innovators - Jobs, Gates, Zuckerberg - Bezos is a private man. But he stands out for his restless pursuit of new markets, leading Amazon into risky new ventures like the Kindle and cloud computing, and transforming retail in the same way Henry Ford revolutionized manufacturing. The Everything Store is the revealing, definitive biography of the company that placed one of the first and largest bets on the Internet and forever changed the way we shop and read. Members Reviews: example of what business should not be.... eye opener on what a bad irresponsible company Amazon and founder is Not a roll model for the future generation The Narrative of Amazon interesting insights into the stroy behind Amazon and it's founder. a company where anything seems possible, and likely Great book This book gives great insight into the world of Amazon and its creator. Definitely worth the listen. Beautiful insight into Amazon world Book gives a good account of Amazon practises , culture , circumstances that the company and its founder had to navigate but I think the book is too gung-ho in the praise of bezos. Nice read otherwise. great read really interesting. well narated story. similar extreme thinking to jobs in some ways. focused on delivering a great product

Humans Need Not Apply Audiobook by Jerry Kaplan

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jerry Kaplan) — Tue, 15 Mar 2016 02:02:41 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Humans Need Not Apply Subtitle: A Guide to Wealth and Work in the Age of Artificial Intelligence Author: Jerry Kaplan Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 03-15-16 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 229 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: After billions of dollars and 50 years of effort, researchers are finally cracking the code on artificial intelligence. As society stands on the cusp of unprecedented change, Jerry Kaplan unpacks the latest advances in robotics, machine learning, and perception powering systems that rival or exceed human capabilities. Driverless cars, robotic helpers, and intelligent agents that promote our interests have the potential to usher in a new age of affluence and leisure - but, as Kaplan warns, the transition may be protracted and brutal unless we address the two great scourges of the modern developed world: volatile labor markets and income inequality. He proposes innovative, free-market adjustments to our economic system and social policies to avoid an extended period of social turmoil. His timely and accessible analysis of the promise and perils of artificial intelligence is a must-listen for business leaders and policy makers on both sides of the aisle. Critic Reviews: "This accessible and timely work is suitable for technology enthusiasts and those readers with an interest in the application of robotics and AI to the workforce of the future." ( Library Journal) Members Reviews: A must read to understand the coming AI shift. An entertaining and thought provoking look into the logical and inevitable future when artificial intelligence is part of our every day lives, making decisions for us. You probably wonder - What will it be like? If you have a car, you already know. Your ABS breaks are a form of artificial intelligence algorithm that take your decision making power away from you. You slam on the brake, but the computer only takes that as a suggestion to stop.

The McKinsey Engagement Audiobook by Paul N. Friga

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Paul N. Friga) — Fri, 18 Jan 2013 13:25:18 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The McKinsey Engagement Subtitle: A Powerful Toolkit for More Efficient and Effective Team Problem Solving Author: Paul N. Friga Narrator: uncredited Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 11 mins Language: English Release date: 01-18-13 Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 79 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The third volume in the internationally best-selling McKinsey Trilogy, The McKinsey Engagement is an action guide to realizing the consistently high level of business solutions achieved by the experts at the worlds most respected consulting firms. Former consultant Dr. Paul Friga distills the guiding principles first presented in the best-selling The McKinsey Way and the tested-in-the-trenches methodologies outlined in The McKinsey Mind, and combines them with many of the principles and procedures implemented by the military and other organizations. The result is nothing less than the business equivalent of a Special Forces Field Manual. True to its stated goal of arming consultants and corporate problem solvers with a blueprint for achieving consistently phenomenal results, The McKinsey Engagement is short on theory and long on action. Each chapter focuses on one element in the celebrated TEAM FOCUS problem-solving model and features a concise discussion of a key concept or principle, followed by: A toolkit for bringing clarity, discipline, and purpose to all your problem-solving and change management initiatives, The McKinsey Engagement is an indispensable guide for consultants, as well as for executives, managers, students, and corporate trainers. Members Reviews: Disappointing The first 30-40 minutes seemed to be the author trying to prove his credibility and name drop as many big name American unis and MBA programs that he could get out. From what I can see the remainder is essentially just a bunch of basic tips to running effective teams (the "TEAM FOCUS" model), which might be useful for someone early career, but beyond that... The 'impressive' consulting project that he uses to tie the book together is little more than an unpaid student placement / internship project. He has some background at PwC and McKinsey, but most of his insights seem to be drawn from his subsequent academic career. The other case studies he refers to are so light on detail that I can't help but question their authenticity. I've given it a two rather than a one as it did offer a few insights in to how things are run at McKinsey, although there was nothing ground-breaking. On the whole, I was expecting quite a bit more from someone coming out of the supposed top consulting firm in the world. Horrendous! Do not waste your money on this! I purchased this on the back of having read / listened to previous McKinsey ones. Really wish I hadnt! What a waste of time! It offers nothing new. The Tips could have been written by a 5 year okd

The Death of the Banker Audiobook by Ron Chernow

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ron Chernow) — Tue, 25 Apr 2017 08:32:38 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Death of the Banker Subtitle: The Decline and Fall of the Great Financial Dynasties and the Triumph of the Small Investor Author: Ron Chernow Narrator: Michael Kramer Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 04-25-17 Publisher: HighBridge, a Division of Recorded Books Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 333 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: With the same breadth of vision and narrative élan he brought to his monumental biographies of the great financiers, Ron Chernow examines the forces that made dynasties like the Morgans, the Warburgs, and the Rothschilds the financial arbiters of the early 20th century and then rendered them virtually obsolete by the century's end. As he traces the shifting balance of power among investors, borrowers, and bankers, Chernow evokes both the grand theater of capital and the personal dramas of its most fascinating protagonists. Here is Siegmund Warburg, who dropped a client in the heat of a takeover deal because the man wore monogrammed shirt cuffs, as well as the imperious J. P. Morgan, who, when faced with a federal antitrust suit, admonished Theodore Roosevelt to "send your man to my man and they can fix it up". And here are the men who usurped their power, from the go-getters of the 1920s to the masters of the universe of the 1980s. Glittering with perception and anecdote, The Death of the Banker is at once a panorama of 20th-century finance and a guide to the new era of giant mutual funds on Wall Street. Members Reviews: Good short read Not as dense as the normal Ron Chernow works I'm accustomed to but displays more of the historian's humor; short and sweet remembrance of the evolution of the world of high finance and it's key players Deep insights, wide comprehension, lively pace I have read Mr Chernow's giant tomes The House of Morgan and The Warburgs. I liked them very much. But I like Mr Chernow better here, in this more squeezed format. In those huge books he had to labor to tell the whole story, which can be ponderous, versus here, where he can pluck out the really meaningful moments and toss them up with clever turns of phrase. The story can shed its ponderous elevator-music stretches, and sparkle. I am not one to love a movie merely because it has a romping pace to it: I require depth with my liveliness. And Mr Chernow delivers it. Here, despite my countless prior readings in this field (I've heard or read most anything in this non-fiction catalog with words like "banker," "Wall Street," or "money" in the title), the story (and let's be clear, the story principally of "high finance," versus the street-level "Main Street" stuff, though this moves toward the fore as the story goes along) snaps brilliantly into view, passage after passage. A new sheen appeared on the old characters and events. I bought a print version of this (1997-published) book, but was not enticed, flipping through it. Each passage seemed like a splinter, like a bit of a kaleidoscope turn, but I couldn't see any order. This audio version has set me straight on that. The narrator, to start, is a perfect fit. He sort of purrs in a dry amused voice that fits the wit and grace of this crackling-good prose. The writing is in a great articulate English that sadly may be fading. Meanwhile the actors, and their motives, and the picture large and small,all appear in clear relief and perspective.

Business Credit Decoded Audiobook by Ty L. Crandall

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Ty L. Crandall) — Tue, 30 Aug 2016 22:57:33 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Business Credit Decoded Subtitle: Discover the Secrets and Power of Business Credit Author: Ty L. Crandall Narrator: David Van Der Molen Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 46 mins Language: English Release date: 08-30-16 Publisher: TLC Publishing Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 23 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Business Credit Decoded is an insider's guide on how to build an exceptional business credit score and profile for any business. This book will reveal how a business owner can be approved for tens of thousands of dollars in revolving credit cards and credit lines. Plus, this special book reveals how business owners can secure large amounts of cash funding for their business without a personal guarantee required from the business owner. Learn the insider secrets of the business credit world and be approved for more money than you have ever imagined before. Members Reviews: Awesome! Lots of great nuggets in here. Awesome! Lots of great nuggets in here. What I loved the most was learning how business credit works and the steps to get it. Great book! This is a great book! A lot of general information about business credit. some great resources in this book. I just need this business credit for my business. A Business Secret If you could sum up Business Credit Decoded in three words, what would they be? Informative, Helpful and Concise What was one of the most memorable moments of Business Credit Decoded? Discovering that a business credit score is separate from your personal credit score. What about David Van Der Molens performance did you like? He gave all information I wanted to start getting a business loan. awesome details of the credit industry Ty does a great job of explaining the credit industry in detail more than any other person or book that I have read. I would highly recommend this book to anyone! Infogalore!!! From start to finish this book is well worth listening to or reading for entrepreneurs.

Faster, Higher, Farther Audiobook by Jack Ewing

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jack Ewing) — Tue, 23 May 2017 20:55:60 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Faster, Higher, Farther Subtitle: The Volkswagen Scandal Author: Jack Ewing Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 34 mins Language: English Release date: 05-23-17 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 108 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: A shocking exposé of Volkswagen's fraud by the New York Times reporter who covered the scandal. In mid-2015 Volkswagen proudly reached its goal of surpassing Toyota as the world's largest automaker. A few months later, the EPA disclosed that Volkswagen had installed software in 11 million cars that deceived emissions-testing mechanisms. By early 2017 VW had settled with American regulators and car owners for $20 billion, with additional lawsuits still looming. In Faster, Higher, Farther, Jack Ewing rips the lid off the conspiracy. He describes VW's rise from "the people's car" during the Nazi era to one of Germany's most prestigious and important global brands, touted for being "green". He paints vivid portraits of Volkswagen chairman Ferdinand Piëch and chief executive Martin Winterkorn, arguing that the corporate culture they fostered drove employees, working feverishly in pursuit of impossible sales targets, to illegal methods. Unable to build cars that could meet emissions standards in the United States honestly, engineers were left with no choice but to cheat. Volkswagen then compounded the fraud by spending millions marketing "clean diesel", only to have the lie exposed by a handful of researchers on a shoestring budget, resulting in a guilty plea to criminal charges in a landmark Department of Justice case. Faster, Higher, Farther reveals how the succeed-at-all-costs mentality prevalent in modern boardrooms led to one of corporate history's farthest-reaching cases of fraud - with potentially devastating consequences. Members Reviews: Excellent recap of VW, its structure and culture What did you love best about Faster, Higher, Farther? The research quality is excellent, and the author does not leap to conclusions that aren't fact based. There are some highly technical areas that are overly simplified, but I suppose that keeps non-engineers engaged in the book. The tension and drama of the Porsche and Piech families is brought out in an insightful way. Who was your favorite character and why? Clearly, Ferdinand Piëch is the main focus of this book. Any additional comments? I have owned and driven at least one VW since 1971. I've built and rebuilt several air cooled (Ghia, Thing, Dune Buggy) and enjoy my '74 Thing and '91 Vanagon camper. My wife enjoyed our '06 Passat VR6 4mo wagon and '11 Tig. My work car is a '14 TDi SEL. In between, there were other cars I try to forget. The company has been late to the US market in so many ways, and de-contented their US made vehicles below my point of interest. I love the drive and feel of their vehicles, and this book explained how they came off the rails. It will be a steep hill for them to climb in the US. Very well researched but too long This is an important book yet parts of that appear redundant and is the point of the book or points of the book could have been stated in fewer pages. Id like to give it five stars but it is so long-unnecessarily so. Basically progeny of a friend of Hitlers and his relatives who would no doubt extra engineers, deceived the world into thinking that they had reduced NOX compounds In diesel passenger vehicles when actually they were putting 40 times as much as they should have been. A true travesty.

Man, Economy, and State with Power and Market - Scholar's Edition Audiobook

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Murray N. Rothbard) — Mon, 19 Oct 2015 08:19:00 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Man, Economy, and State with Power and Market - Scholar's Edition Author: Murray N. Rothbard Narrator: Jeff Riggenbach Format: Unabridged Length: 57 hrs and 48 mins Language: English Release date: 10-19-15 Publisher: Ludwig von Mises Institute Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 54 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: New Edition, with new introduction! Murray N. Rothbard's great treatise Man, Economy, and State and its complementary text, Power and Market, are here combined into a single audiobook edition as they were written to be. It provides a sweeping presentation of Austrian economic theory, a reconstruction of many aspects of that theory, a rigorous criticism of alternative schools, and an inspiring look at a science of liberty that concerns nearly everything and should concern everyone. The Mises Institute's new edition of Man Economy, and State, united with its formerly sundered companion volume, Power and Market, is a landmark in the history of the institute. It takes this book out of the category of underground classic and raises it up to its proper status as one of the great economic treatises of all time, a book that is essential for anyone seeking a robust economic education. The captivating new introduction by Professor Joseph Salerno frames up the Rothbardian contribution in a completely new way and reassesses the place of this book in the history of economic thought. In Salerno's view, Rothbard was not attempting to write a distinctively "Austrian" book but rather a comprehensive treatise on economics that eschewed the Keynesian and positivist corruptions. This is what accounts for its extraordinarily logical structure and depth. That it would later be called Austrian is only due to the long-lasting nature of the corruptions of economics that Rothbard tried to correct. For years the Mises Institute has kept it in print and sold thousands of copies in a nice paperback version. Then we decided to take a big step and put out an edition worthy of this great treatise. It is the Scholar's Edition of Man, Economy, and State - an edition that immediately became definitive and used throughout the world. The index is huge and comprehensive. Members Reviews: Austrian Economics A must read for all, economists and non-economists!! Simple, easy and eye opening! Jeff Riggenbach is awesome, he won't make you sleep! Wonderfully enlightening This is a must read for anyone claiming to love liberty. I bought the paper book and a study guide to go with this. Biased, but well-explored. There are some overlaps between the end of the first book and the second, but not enough to skip whole sections. The narrator is very good and clear up to 3x. the most complete economic book ever written very good narrative and deep economic insight. A must read who is accessible for everyone Hard to listen to Sure, it's for a highly educated listener but still it is incredibly hard to follow.

The Only Game in Town Audiobook by Mohamed A. El-Erian

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mohamed A. El-Erian) — Tue, 29 Mar 2016 12:19:27 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Only Game in Town Subtitle: Central Banks, Instability, and Avoiding the Next Collapse Author: Mohamed A. El-Erian Narrator: Dan Woren Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 15 mins Language: English Release date: 03-29-16 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 184 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: New York Times Best Seller Dr. Mohamed A. El-Erian, one of the world's most influential economic thinkers and the author of When Markets Collide, has written a road map to what lies ahead and the decisions we must make now to stave off the next global economic and financial crisis. Our current economic path is coming to an end. The signposts are all around us: sluggish growth, rising inequality, stubbornly high pockets of unemployment, and jittery financial markets, to name a few. Soon we will reach a fork in the road: One path leads to renewed growth, prosperity, and financial stability, the other to recession and market disorder. In The Only Game in Town, El-Erian casts his gaze toward the future of the global economy and markets, outlining the choices we face both individually and collectively in an era of economic uncertainty and financial insecurity. Beginning with their response to the 2008 global crisis, El-Erian explains how and why our central banks became the critical policy actors - and, most important, why they cannot continue in this role alone. They saved the financial system from collapse and a multiyear economic depression in 2008 but lack the tools to enable a return to high inclusive growth and durable financial stability. The time has come for a policy handoff, from a prolonged period of monetary policy experimentation to a strategy that better targets what ails economies and distorts the financial sector - before we stumble into another crisis. The future, critically, is not predestined. It is up to us to decide where we will go from here as households, investors, companies, and governments. Using a mix of insights from economics, finance, and behavioral science, this book gives us the tools we need to properly understand this turning point, prepare for it, and come out of it stronger. A comprehensive, controversial look at the realities of our global economy and markets, The Only Game in Town is required listening for investors, policymakers, and anyone interested in the future. Critic Reviews: "The one economic book you must read now.... If you want to understand this bifurcated world and where it's headed, there is no better interpreter than Mohamed El-Erian.... An excellent primer [and] a guide on what to expect as the world struggles to cope with slower, less equal growth." (Time) "How come the global economy is now run largely by unelected central banks? In this highly intelligent analysis, the author, a respected investor and CEO, explains how elected governments are failing in their basic job to take care of the economy and why this might lead to a massive unmanageable crisis." (Fareed Zakaria, CNN) "El-Erian expertly offers a balanced view, commending the central banks for their necessarily aggressive policy views while noting, for example, the failure of the Fed to recognize the pre-crisis housing bubble.... A grand tour of the challenges we face, along with ideal solutions and more likely outcomes." (Steven Rattner, The New York Times Book Review) Members Reviews: This book is a marketing rhetoric for central banks The book follows a collectivist agenda that promotes handing power over to central banks and international organizations. I'm not a big fan of that mindset so I was greatly turned off by the opinions of mr.

The Six Secrets of Raising Capital Audiobook by Bill Fisher

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Bill Fisher) — Thu, 26 Feb 2015 02:14:47 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Six Secrets of Raising Capital Subtitle: An Insider's Guide for Entrepreneurs Author: Bill Fisher Narrator: Allan Robertson Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 02-26-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 79 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Based on Bill Fisher's three-day seminars that regularly sell out all over the world, this audiobook offers the kind of capital-raising street smarts no entrepreneur can do without. As a banker in Silicon Valley in the '80s and a businessman who founded a number of successful companies beginning in the '90s, Fisher has seen firsthand the kind of rookie mistakes aspiring entrepreneurs make that end up stopping them before they have a chance to get started. Fisher looks at six traditional steps in the capital-raising process and digs beneath the surface to expose subtle but critical aspects of each - knowledge that, until now, could come only with experience. For example, entrepreneurs believe that great business ideas get funded. Not true - just look at the failure rates of venture-backed companies. Great business stories get funded, and all great business stories have a similar construction and shape. And of course the entrepreneur needs an investor, but each investor comes with his or her own personality issues. You need the right match for long-term success, not just whoever is waving the biggest check - a temptation that is easy for cash-strapped entrepreneurs to succumb to. Having this book is like going into your investor meetings with a trusted advisor who knows all the ins and outs of raising capital. Members Reviews: So Dense You'll Want The Book Where does The Six Secrets of Raising Capital rank among all the audiobooks youve listened to so far? Impressive. Top 2% What did you like best about this story? I think the story was great but I was so swamped with details that it was like marching through a blizzard. I got to grandma's just fine, but didn't see much of the road. Have you listened to any of Allan Robertsons other performances before? How does this one compare? Not sure if I've listend to Robertson's other performances. But this was fantastic. Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you? Too many to list. Any additional comments? I tried listening to this in the background while I worked. I tried listening in the car. I tried just listening to it. There's way too much in here to take in via audio, unless that's the only way you can learn. I'll probably get the book and mark it all up. Not really... The book, had some intresting points, but also had some scary/ angry negative bs, about how you can fail. Even it had some good advices, I do not recomend that, especialy for young and ambitious people. Very beginner No investor psychology, no particularly interesting insight. Mostly about process. Good for noob, but skip it if you've ever raised before.

Fooling Some of the People All of the Time Audiobook by David Einhorn

biacuaduc@gmail.com (David Einhorn) — Mon, 01 Feb 2010 19:11:45 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Fooling Some of the People All of the Time Subtitle: A Long Short Story Author: David Einhorn Narrator: L. J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 24 mins Language: English Release date: 02-01-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 362 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: A rare look inside the world of activist hedge funds from one of this country's top investors. In 2002, David Einhorn, the president of Greenlight Capital, gave a speech at a charity investment conference and was asked to share his best investment idea. He described his reasons why Greenlight had sold short the shares of Allied Capital, a leader in the private finance industry. What followed was a firestorm of controversy. Allied responded with a Washington, D.C. style spin-job - attacking Einhorn and disseminating half-truths and outright lies. Undeterred by the spin-job and lies, Greenlight continued its research after the speech and discovered Allied's behavior was far worse than Einhorn ever suspected. Fooling Some of the People All of the Time is the gripping chronicle of this saga, and this edition contains all new updates from the author. Minute by minute, it delves deep inside Wall Street, showing how the $6-billion hedge fund Greenlight Capital conducts its investment research and detailing the maneuvers of an unscrupulous company. Along the way, you'll witness feckless regulators, compromised politicians, and the barricades our capital markets have erected against exposing misconduct from important Wall Street customers. At its most basic level, Allied Capital is the story of Wall Street at its worst. But the story is much bigger than one little-known company. Fooling Some of the People All of the Time is an important call for effective law enforcement, free speech, and fair play. Critic Reviews: "[A] welcome antidote to the thousands of books written for investors that paint a sunny picture of companies.... Mr Einhorn's book recounts behind-the-scenes details of the sort that are seldom made public...an instructive guide for general investors." (Financial Times) Members Reviews: where's the epilogue? A wonderful, albeit heavily detailed account, of Einhorn's search for corporate justice. Given what has happened in the capital markets the past several years, it is easier now to understand the incompetence of regulators. Still, it is a little curious that Einhorn found so few takers of his perspective among what would have appeared to be unbiased professionals (journalists, professors, investors). Also disappointed how casually he dismissed the abusive and illegal tactics of naked short selling. But he does tell a convincing tale and one that should make us think every time we read a glowing account from a Wall Street analyst. My biggest disappointment was the absence of the epilogue that is included in the newly published book version. Since Allied hit the wall after the completion of this book, I was very much looking forward to hearing how the market finally caught on to the systematic fraud and deception. It would be nice if Audible.com could offer this add-on to its customers who bought this book. So that's what is happening Would you listen to Fooling Some of the People All of the Time again? Why? Yes. I am very unsophisticated about the financial system. Since the Recession began I have comprehended small bits of what happened and who the players are, but the picture is so big it's overwhelming. There is plenty of blame and finger-pointing to go around. This is essentially the story of one man's attempt to call attention to corporate criminal behavior and hold the felons accountable.

Side Hustle Audiobook by Chris Guillebeau

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Chris Guillebeau) — Thu, 21 Sep 2017 14:49:02 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Side Hustle Subtitle: Build a side business and make extra money - without quitting your day job Author: Chris Guillebeau Narrator: Chris Guillebeau Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 48 mins Language: English Release date: 09-21-17 Publisher: Macmillan Digital Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The author of the New York Times best seller The $100 Startup shows you how to launch a profitable side hustle in just 27 days. For some people, the thought of quitting their day job to start their own business is exhilarating. For many others, the loss of a stable paycheck is terrifying. But what if we could easily create new income without giving up the security of a full-time job? Enter the side hustle, a mini-business that earns you extra money. With Chris Guillebeau's step-by-step guide, you can go from idea to income in just 27 days. You'll learn how to: You don't need an MBA, marketing experience or big investors. With Chris as a guide, anyone can make more money, pursue a passion, and enjoy greater security - with little to no budget and without quitting your day job. Members Reviews: A motivation tool A motivation tool . Really inspiring and ENGAGING and full of great advice for anyone wanting to earn more and enjoy work more The podcast in a book. But nothing new. After listening to the podcast (which I love) I was somehow expecting to dive deeper into the concepts. But instead I found myself hearing the same stories from the podcast and little else. If you havent listened to the free podcast there is great stuff in the audiobook... yep at first I was all like..oh wow this is a guide for exactly what every hustler of a nutrition programme or life coaching goals business on Instagram does. And it is .. but also the stories and ideas are refreshing and inspiring and obviously this guy knows the formula. if you want cash....follow it

A History of the World in Seven Cheap Things Audiobook by Raj Patel, Jason W. Moore

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Raj Patel) — Tue, 17 Oct 2017 17:44:40 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: A History of the World in Seven Cheap Things Subtitle: A Guide to Capitalism, Nature, and the Future of the Planet Author: Raj Patel, Jason W. Moore Narrator: Simon Mattacks Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 10-17-17 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Nature, money, work, care, food, energy, and lives: these are the seven things that have made our world and will shape its future. Bringing the latest ecological research together with histories of colonialism, indigenous struggles, slave revolts, and other rebellions and uprisings, Patel and Moore demonstrate that throughout history, crises have always prompted fresh strategies to make the world cheap and safe for capitalism. At a time of crisis in all seven cheap things, innovative and systemic thinking is urgently required. This book proposes a radical new way of understanding - and reclaiming - the planet in the turbulent twenty-first century. Members Reviews: LOVE but different reader LOVE THE CONTENT! His voice makes me sleepy though, so I had to hear it again. Brilliant! Simone de Beauvoir, Karl Marx, Roland Barthes and so many other philosophers, activists, and revolutionaries are reading this from beyond the grave and applauding! Just fantastic!

Doughnut Economics Audiobook by Kate Raworth

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Kate Raworth) — Thu, 30 Nov 2017 17:50:35 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Doughnut Economics Subtitle: Seven Ways to Think Like a 21st-Century Economist Author: Kate Raworth Narrator: Kate Raworth Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 49 mins Language: English Release date: 11-30-17 Publisher: Random House Audiobooks Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 7 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Doughnut Economics written and read by Kate Raworth. Economics is broken. It has failed to predict, let alone prevent, financial crises that have shaken the foundations of our societies. Its outdated theories have permitted a world in which extreme poverty persists while the wealth of the super-rich grows year on year. And its blind spots have led to policies that are degrading the living world on a scale that threatens all of our futures. Can it be fixed? In Doughnut Economics, Oxford academic Kate Raworth identifies seven critical ways in which mainstream economics has led us astray, and sets out a roadmap for bringing humanity into a sweet spot that meets the needs of all within the means of the planet. En route, she deconstructs the character of 'rational economic man' and explains what really makes us tick. She reveals how an obsession with equilibrium has left economists helpless when facing the boom and bust of the real-world economy. She highlights the dangers of ignoring the role of energy and nature's resources - and the far-reaching implications for economic growth when we take them into account. And in the process, she creates a new, cutting-edge economic model that is fit for the 21st century - one in which a doughnut-shaped compass points the way to human progress. Ambitious, radical and rigorously argued, Doughnut Economics promises to reframe and redraw the future of economics for a new generation. Longlisted for the Financial Times & McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award 2017 PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio on our desktop site. Critic Reviews: "The John Maynard Keynes of the 21st century." (George Monbiot, The Guardian) "This is sharp, significant scholarship.... Thrilling." (Times Higher Education) "A really important economic and political thinker." (Andrew Marr) Members Reviews: Idealistic, provocative and preachy Listened to it twice just to really get the hang it. Idealistic, provocative and preachy. Will follow the movement, not yet a fan. A must read for anyone interested in sustainability A wonderful review of economic thinking and where it all went wrong. Puts economics in a new light, helping to reader to see how new economic thinking can be part of the solution. Made me eager to want to learn more. Connecting the dots I've had these ideas for a long period of time, but it's great to see them all in one place and how they all connect.

Love Is the Killer App Audiobook by Tim Sanders

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tim Sanders) — Fri, 01 Feb 2002 09:57:28 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Love Is the Killer App Subtitle: How to Win Business and Influence Friends Author: Tim Sanders Narrator: Tim Sanders Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 02-01-02 Publisher: Random House AudioBooks Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 242 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Instead of wondering, listen to this audiobook and find out how to become a lovecat - a nice, smart person who succeeds in business and in life. How do you become a lovecat? By sharing your intangibles. By that Tim Sanders means: Your knowledge: everything that comes from all the books that he'll encourage you to devour. Your network: the collection of friends and contacts you now have, which he'll teach you how to grow and nurture. Your compassion: that human warmth you already possess - Sanders will convince you that you can show it freely at the office. What happens when you do all this? Critic Reviews: "A great business strategy...rich with practical, effective strategies." (Philip C. McGraw, Ph.D., author of Life Strategies) "Aretha Franklin knew the secret: Respect. Tim Sanders knows how to spin it." (Seth Godin, author of Permission Marketing) Members Reviews: Wonderful Model I played an abridged version of this book for the staff at our hospital. They really liked it and the model of sharing knowledge, networks,and compassion fits wonderfully into medicine. It has shaped the way we talk and work. Don't pass this one by After getting the audio, I just had to purchase the hardbound version as well to take advantage of Tim's suggestions on how to properly "read" a business book! After hearing (and reading) this, I'm going back over my current library. Tim's practical advice on how to build a network alone is well worth the read, not to mention how his tactics can help endure yourself into the hearts and minds of customers. Further, the booklist you put together because of Tim's extensive use of backing-up his ideas with references from others makes this an invaluable book for anyone interested in taking their business further. Sales people, managers, and aspiring employees ALL can get useful and practical information from Tim's "lovecat" philosophy. The least This is the least "business" business book you will ever read, and that is a dashing compliment. Tim is the coolest guy in corporate America, a hip hype-meister with a warm heart, and it's the latter message that's the most important. Love is, indeed, the killer app. Don't dis this due to culture shock--there's money in the trails of these lovecats. Robert Smith must be mortified, though. Good concepts but needs a technology update What disappointed you about Love Is the Killer App? A lot of the suggestions are quite dated (buy a Palm Pilot, for instance). Seems to be a shill for Amazon (buy everyone a hard-cover book) What about Tim Sanders???s performance did you like? The reader performs the content clearly and at the correct pacing. Any additional comments? The concepts in the book are timeless and nothing new, really: be compassionate; work in a win-win mode; serve others. Building and sharing a network and being a connector without a vested interest is a valuable lesson and overall the book is worth reading. I'd like to read an updated version dealing with e-books, facebook, twitter, and other forms of electronic network sharing to see how the author has updated his approach to keep pace with technology - especially since the author worked in the technology sector. Love, sweet love... Pretty good read. Well written.

Insanely Great Audiobook by Steven Levy

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Steven Levy) — Tue, 23 Oct 2012 17:17:19 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Insanely Great Subtitle: The Life and Times of Macintosh, the Computer that Changed Everything Author: Steven Levy Narrator: Steven Levy Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 10-23-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 118 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The creation of the Mac, in 1984, catapulted America into the digital millennium, captured a fanatic cult audience, and transformed the computer industry into an unprecedented mix of technology, economics, and show business. Veteran technology writer and Newsweek senior editor Steven Levy zooms in on the great machine and the fortunes of the unique company responsible for its evolution. Loaded with anecdote and insight, and peppered with sharp commentary, Insanely Great is the definitive book on the most important computer ever made. It is a must-have for anyone curious about how we got to the interactive age. Members Reviews: Not your typical Jobsian apotheosis Good thing it was written way back in the 90s (then updated, then updated some more). Had it been written today, it wouldn't have seen the light of day. This is story of the real Apple, the real Steve Jobs, and the real origins of the ideas that have shaped the way we interact with technology. It credits the right people for the right things, and by this it does a great historical justice. Must read for anyone who ever worked on, or interested in UX/UI, and computer-human interfaces in general. Insanely? Maybe. The book is well done and I felt like I was reading about the history of a great company and a great technology. Levy did not whitewash how Mr. Jobs really was nor how kind of lucky the whole thing was to have actually got up and running. Those were weird times, how weird nobody knew until now. The book's ending is understandable, but certainly makes Levy out to be a sycophant. There's nothing wrong with that I suppose, but came off a bit gratuitous as well. Levy is actually a really good narrator. Mac Aficionado (and a request to Audible) Any Mac aficionado will love this book. I am very aware of Steven Levy's writing. He is one of the best technology chronologist of our time. Even though I am not a Mac User, I really enjoyed listening about how Apple got started. There is a secret hidden gem about Apple and their stories. This company is like a blockbuster movie, lights, action, and drama. There is no other tech company out there like Apple that keep their consumers wanting more. I don't see multiple books about Intel, but there is always an new plot on Apple. I really wish that Audible will record more books from Steven Levy, like "Hackers." Please record this book. We are missing out one of the best tech titles in audio. I would pay 2 credits for Hackers without a doubt! What a remarkable experience. Thank you Mr. Levi. Steven Levy should have allowed a more talented reader narrate his excellent journalism. I loved the book and plan to read all of Levi's work now. What really happened Really enjoyed this. I'm a techie anyway and have a general interest in computing and the Mac. I especially like it when the author narrates their own work as they don't misinterpret the text and how it is inferred. This book is not another Steve Jobs biography but more an in-depth examination of what it took to build something new from scratch (apart from the results of the raid on Xerox PARC). Some good decisions were made and also some really bad ones.

One Good Trade Audiobook by Mike Bellafiore

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mike Bellafiore) — Mon, 20 Aug 2012 16:27:54 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: One Good Trade Subtitle: Inside the Highly Competitive World of Proprietary Trading (Wiley Trading) Author: Mike Bellafiore Narrator: Kevin Foley Format: Unabridged Length: 15 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 08-20-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 259 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: An inside look at what it really takes to become a better trader. A proprietary trading firm consists of a group of professionals who trade the capital of the firm. Their income and livelihood is generated solely from their ability to take profits consistently out of the markets. The world of prop trading is mentally and emotionally challenging, but offers substantial rewards to the select few who can master this craft called trading. In One Good Trade: Inside the Highly Competitive World of Proprietary Trading, author Mike Bellafiore shares the principles and techniques that have enabled him to navigate the most challenging of markets over the past twelve years. He explains how he has imparted those techniques to an elite desk of traders at the proprietary trading firm he co-founded. In doing so, he lifts the veil on the inner workings of his firm, shedding light on the challenges of prop trading and insight on why traders succeed or fail. An important contribution to trading literature, the book will help all traders by: Becoming a better trader takes discipline, skill development, and statistically profitable trading strategies, and this book will show you how to develop all three. Members Reviews: This book is more of an advertisement for their services I actually looked up the authors company and read about what employees current and past had to say. Basically they said that he hasn't made money since the Internet boom, and the objective of the firm and this book is to sell their training courses and various other things they market. Well I don't think that's fair since there are some good insights in the book, it is clear that it is more an advertisement than anything else. In addition they keep talking about how much money they make and how great they are, and they don't mention that any trader who works for them basically has to put up a lot of their own money to participate 50-50 with the firm. I would be very suspect,I much prefer market wizards or reminiscences of the stock operator if you're really trying to learn how to trade. A must read for all traders a deeper look into the performance aspect of trading, and not just the heady stuff. very well written, and encouraging. all of the sports anecdotes really drive home the fact that trading is very much a performance based "sport!" I will read it a second time and move on to The Playbook. Great book for any trader! What made the experience of listening to One Good Trade the most enjoyable? I really liked how the author would convey learning topics with real-life examples in the form of stories. He used actual people's hard learned lessons to teach the reader some things to do and some things not to do. The stories had depth and meaning and were enjoyable to listen to. What did you like best about this story? I liked how real the entire book felt. I feel like I now know Bella and Steve like they were my personal mentors. I feel like I could walk up to any person mentioned in the book and strike up a conversation like we were best buds from college.

The Great Depression Ahead Audiobook by Harry S. Dent

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Harry S. Dent) — Thu, 15 Jan 2009 09:39:04 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Great Depression Ahead Subtitle: How to Prosper in the Crash That Follows the Greatest Boom in History Author: Harry S. Dent Narrator: Harry S. Dent Format: Abridged Length: 6 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 01-15-09 Publisher: Simon & Schuster Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 140 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The first and last economic depression that you will experience in your lifetime is just ahead. The years 2009 and 2010 will be the initial end of prosperity in almost every market, ushering in a downturn like most of us have not experienced before. Renowned economic forecaster Harry S. Dent, Jr. has developed analytical techniques that allow him to predict the impact of economic trends, including the following: Critic Reviews: "I hope he's wrong this time. I hope we don't have a great depression by 2010. But given his track record, I won't be betting against him." (Robert D. McTeer, Distinguished Fellow, National Center for Policy Analysis, and former president of the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas) Members Reviews: Too much sense here to ignore it I read the previous review where the writer stated that there were too many what ifs. Well, there are a lot of what ifs in life, but the general theme of this book does not rely on what ifs- it relies on previous cycles and history. The only very questionable cycle is the "terrorist cycle" which only appeared 1992 and 2001. Otherwise, I find the information credible and will prepare with it in mind. Bad news does sell, but bad news also really happens.......... Repetitive Repetitive Repetitive The book has some interesting pints and I will definitely take demographics into account when investing. However, Mr. Dent world does not capture all factors. For example, information grows exponentially so our knowledge and innovation would also grow faster which goes against Mr. Dent's cycles. Just one example. The biggest problem I have with the book is how repetitive it is. I think the book could of been 1 hour maybe 2. While Mr. Dent does show many cycles in the US he sometimes uses foreign example to get his point across. If you base your theories on a US model, he should not use so many examples from countries that are not in his model. If the book was 1 hour it might be worth it but at 6.5 hours don't waste your time. will be spending and allocating differently I agree with the previous reviewer that this book makes a lot of sense. After hearing this book, I will be spending and allocating very differently. I checked his previous work (just to be certain), he wrote a book called "The Roaring 2000s" and was able to hit the trends with accuracy, although his predictions on how high or how low the stock market was going to hit was off. For me, being able to predict the trends for a given year can shed enough light into an investing style that year. reaching, but still entertaining. reaching, but still entertaining. I read the book in retrospect, and it turns out he guessed rather accurately the 2009 crisis though the prediction was just a little later than it actually occurred. Otherwise it's still good to hear The Coincidence of trends historically. I'm not sure I would bet my life on any of it, but certainly worth paying attention to it factoring into the overall picture. The real depression starts with you listen What disappointed you about The Great Depression Ahead? To have general failed predictions is ok, but to go country by country and make a hundred very specific failed predictions about every one is just painful to listen to. Would you be willing to try another one of Harry S.

Bitcoin: Mastering Bitcoin for Beginners - Bitcoin and Cryptocurency Technologies, Cryptocurrency

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Pat Nakamoto) — Mon, 18 Dec 2017 14:53:35 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bitcoin: Mastering Bitcoin for Beginners - Bitcoin and Cryptocurency Technologies, Cryptocurrency Trading, Cryptocurrency Investing, Blockchain and Big Data (Mining, Wallet, Business) Author: Pat Nakamoto Narrator: Jason R. L. Brown Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 12-18-17 Publisher: Pat Nakamoto Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: This bundle offer contains three audiobooks: Members Reviews: Recommended! I am so about bitcoin and what is going on with it, but I am still thinking about investing some thousnads to this coin, I am not sure if it can grow more, but what can I say. I read here about it's history , and about future that can be for this coin. so I think I would invest here. Here not much about mining , but question about where and how to get bitcoins was opened .Great history and explanation of Bitcoin, but doesn't really tell you about Block Chain and how it works. Great starting point for investors. you will learn about the basics of the new data ... you will learn about the basics of the new data analytics scenario linked to the Big Data revolution. Pat Nakamoto will guide you through the discovery of the world of Big Data, which, according to experts, in the near future could become the new gold or oil, in what is a real Data Driven economy. Two Stars Definitely quite confusing. Not for a beginner. Four Stars Good read

Building Social Business Audiobook by Muhammad Yunus

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Muhammad Yunus) — Tue, 11 May 2010 13:00:47 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Building Social Business Subtitle: The New Kind of Capitalism That Serves Humanitys Most Pressing Needs Author: Muhammad Yunus Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 28 mins Language: English Release date: 05-11-10 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 90 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Muhammad Yunus, the practical visionary who pioneered microcredit and won the 2006 Nobel Peace Prize for his world-changing efforts, here develops his revolutionary new concept that promises to redeem the failed promise of free enterprise: social business. Designed to fill the gap between profit-making and human needs, social business applies entrepreneurial thinking to problems like poverty, hunger, pollution, and disease, creating self-supporting enterprises that create jobs and generate economic growth even as they make the world a better place. Partnering with some of the worlds greatest corporations, Yunus and his Grameen Bank have already launched several social businesses that are addressing challenges like malnutrition, lack of potable water, and endemic illness in Yunuss homeland of Bangladesh, while other organizations around the world are developing their own experiments in social business. In this book, Yunus traces the development of the social business idea and explains its lessons for entrepreneurs, social activists, and policy makers, and offers practical guidance for those who want to create social businesses of their own. Critic Reviews: Muhammad Yunus is a practical visionary who has improved the lives of millions of people in his native Bangladesh and elsewhere in the world. (Los Angeles Times) Members Reviews: Great Book The author does a great job of stating his case for a Social Business. His passion is palpable. He gives easy to understand instructions and or suggestions on how to start a social business, what to focus on, and the importance of being passionate about the endeavor. He is a true humanitarian who looks for and finds ways to help his people. While I know that the great strides he made were not easy, I think that he was able to accomplish so much because of the economic situation of Bangledesh. He could easily make money in America and use a fraction of the money to fix major problems in his country. I don't think it would be that easy in America. Delivers less than I had hoped This is basically an academic review of the history of social business, a very detailed analysis of what a social business is and is not, and some practical examples. Unfortunately it is not uplifting or filled with insightful stories of how social business has changed individual lives. The company I own is heavily involved in social responsibility with the sale of entire product lines donated to a charity that feeds impoverished children. I should have loved this book but it just became noise in my headset. It is probably best suited as a resource. A hope for our collapsing ecomony Yunus' theory bridges the gap between old capitalism, based on 19th century view of man as a rational profit making machine, to what science now knows about how we really work and about the damages of the old approach. Yunus offers a real hope to establish a different type of economy with better fulfillment and joy to all, without getting carried to socialistic dreams, but rather in a very practical way. Many questions still remain open, but this is the beginning of the road. Excelent! Let's build a new world with social business and this excellent book from Yunus. Recommended! Exciting opportunities for the future Yunus lays out his vision for how social business can play its part in the future.

No Logo Audiobook by Naomi Klein

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Naomi Klein) — Tue, 13 Dec 2011 05:09:29 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: No Logo Subtitle: Taking Aim at the Brand Bullies Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Nicola Barber Format: Unabridged Length: 18 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 12-13-11 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 93 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: With a new Afterword to the 2002 edition. No Logo employs journalistic savvy and personal testament to detail the insidious practices and far-reaching effects of corporate marketingand the powerful potential of a growing activist sect that will surely alter the course of the 21st century. First published before the World Trade Organization protests in Seattle, this is an infuriating, inspiring, and altogether pioneering work of cultural criticism that investigates money, marketing, and the anti-corporate movement. As global corporations compete for the hearts and wallets of consumers who not only buy their products but willingly advertise them from head to toewitness todays schoolbooks, superstores, sporting arenas, and brand-name synergya new generation has begun to battle consumerism with its own best weapons. In this provocative, well-written study, a front-line report on that battle, we learn how the Nike swoosh has changed from an athletic status-symbol to a metaphor for sweatshop labor, how teenaged McDonalds workers are risking their jobs to join the Teamsters, and how culture jammers utilize spray paint, computer-hacking acumen, and anti-propagandist wordplay to undercut the slogans and meanings of billboard ads (as in Joe Chemo for Joe Camel). No Logo will challenge and enlighten students of sociology, economics, popular culture, international affairs, and marketing. "This book is not another account of the power of the select group of corporate Goliaths that have gathered to form our de facto global government. Rather, it is an attempt to analyze and document the forces opposing corporate rule, and to lay out the particular set of cultural and economic conditions that made the emergence of that opposition inevitable." Naomi Klein, from her Introduction Members Reviews: Irritating Over-Enunciated Narration How could the performance have been better? I wanted so much to listen to this book, but the narration makes it unlistenable. Why is there this trend toward extremely over-enunciated narration. It's irritating. Such an important book and it sounds as if a computer was used to tape it. Every single plosive t or p just popping like a pair of castanets . . .. Serious topic undercut by terrible narration Would you say that listening to this book was time well-spent? Why or why not? I can't say, I had to stop listening in the first chapter due to the terrible narration. How did the narrator detract from the book? Overly enunciated and totally the wrong "tenor" for this topic. This narrator would be good for reading childrens' stories or chick-lit, but not for a serious topic. Surely there were other female narrators who could have brought some heft to the material. Narrator I was eager to hear the content but found it painful to go through because of the narrator. Her intonation and frequent inhalation degrades the quality of the experience.. Informative Whenever I read one of Naomi Klein's books, I find myself in a perpetual state anxiety and indignation about the injustice the powers that be (the 1%) force on people less fortunate than they are. Brilliant Book Over Enunciated Would you consider the audio edition of No Logo to be better than the print version? No.

Summary: The Miracle Morning Audiobook by Readtrepreneur Publishing

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Readtrepreneur Publishing) — Thu, 31 Aug 2017 01:30:47 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary: The Miracle Morning Subtitle: The Not-So-Obvious Secret Guaranteed to Transform Your Life (Before 8 a.m.) Author: Readtrepreneur Publishing Narrator: Daniel Greenberg Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 1 min Language: English Release date: 08-31-17 Publisher: Readtrepreneur Publishing Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 30 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Disclaimer: This is not the original book. This summary is wholly written and published by readtrepreneur.com. It is not affiliated with the original author in any way. How you wake up and spend your mornings has a greater impact on your life than you think. The book The Miracle Morning introduces a six-step routine to be done in the morning that is guaranteed to shape your day for the better as you become more productive and work your way towards the life you have always desired. "Let today be the day you give up who you've been for who you can become." (Hal Elrod) Author Hal Elrod has been through many major setbacks in life, including going through a near-death experience and hitting an all-time low mentally, emotionally and financially during the recession in 2008. However, his second rock bottom allowed him to discover the Miracle Morning, a routine that helped him get back up on his feet and help many others around the globe. Making The Miracle Morning a habit will change how you live your life and ultimately help you achieve your goals. Feel excited to wake up every day like it's Christmas morning. If you are looking for a way to improve your life, to start living the life you want instead of the life you have, The Miracle Morning will get you started in the simplest, almost common-sensical way. Disclaimer once again: This book is meant as great companionship for the original book or to simply get the gist of the original book. Members Reviews: Loving my new pespective on mornings As a busy working from home mother of two young kids, I never had time for myself. This book helped me get my "me time" back and I am feeling so much better and more productive. An amazing solition! I found the original miracle morning to be en inspirational and a simple, but life changing book. So when I saw they were putting out a break specifically for families.if you are looking for something that will bring your family together. good summary of the book good summary. Wish the links mentioned were made available in the audible notes for a quick click. love it ...summarizes the miracle morning I love that it was quick and to the point! everyone should get this book The sense of direction. This gives me a purpose to wake up and face each day with a smile. Great book to listen to especially on your pastime. It gives your life that sense of direction that youre missing.

The Rise of The Creative Class Audiobook by Richard Florida

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Richard Florida) — Tue, 29 Jun 2010 07:52:18 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Rise of The Creative Class Subtitle: And How It's Transforming Work, Leisure, Community and Everyday Life Author: Richard Florida Narrator: Mark Boyett Format: Unabridged Length: 14 hrs and 16 mins Language: English Release date: 06-29-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 103 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The national best seller that defines a new economic class and shows how it is key to the future of our cities. The Rise of the Creative Class gives us a provocative new way to think about why we live as we do today - and where we might be headed. Weaving storytelling with masses of new and updated research, Richard Florida traces the fundamental theme that runs through a host of seemingly unrelated changes in American society: the growing role of creativity in our economy. Just as William Whyte's 1956 classic The Organization Man showed how the organizational ethos of that age permeated every aspect of life, Florida describes a society in which the creative ethos is increasingly dominant. Millions of us are beginning to work and live much as creative types like artists and scientists always have-with the result that our values and tastes, our personal relationships, our choices of where to live, and even our sense and use of time are changing. Leading the shift are the nearly 38 million Americans in many diverse fields who create for a living--the Creative Class. The Rise of the Creative Class chronicles the ongoing sea of change in people's choices and attitudes, and shows not only what's happening but also how it stems from a fundamental economic change. The Creative Class now comprises more than 30 percent of the entire workforce. Their choices have already had a huge economic impact. In the future they will determine how the workplace is organized, what companies will prosper or go bankrupt, and even which cities will thrive or wither. Members Reviews: Thought Provoking Florida is concerned with what makes cities grow and prosper. He looks at technological and social trends in those whcih are successful and those which are not. A key is diversity of thinking an openness to new ideas, for example. I suggest that Florida's thinking is thought provoking, but I am still wary and not totally convinced. I suppose Michael Porter has gotten to me first - but the two are not necessarily incompatible. I wish I had come away from the book with a clearer understanding of how my area of the country could become successful in Florida's terms. Ultimately, this volume is well worth the ear time of anyone concerned about economic development in any US region or city. Come to his book with an open mind and you will not be disappointed. It is well written, neatly organized, and the reading of Mark Boyett is quite good. Too Darn Long Great ideas, observationsn and calls for action. But the book is just too darn long. I strugggled to finish for a lack of cohesion. And a largely uneccessary amount of argument and defense of author's findings. Needs a great editor. At least someone to put the appendix crap in the appendix. The book just needs to be revisited by a proper story teller. Great academics are normally prolific writers, but not usually good editors.

The Gray Rhino Audiobook by Michele Wucker

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michele Wucker) — Tue, 05 Apr 2016 06:50:50 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Gray Rhino Subtitle: How to Recognize and Act on the Obvious Dangers We Ignore Author: Michele Wucker Narrator: Michele Wucker - introduction, Christine Marshall Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 34 mins Language: English Release date: 04-05-16 Publisher: Macmillan Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: A "gray rhino" is a highly probable high-impact yet neglected threat - kin to both the elephant in the room and the improbable and unforeseeable black swan. Gray rhinos are not random surprises but occur after a series of warnings and visible evidence. The bursting of the housing bubble in 2008, the devastating aftermath of Hurricane Katrina and other natural disasters, the new digital technologies that upended the media world, the fall of the Soviet Union...all were evident well in advance. Why do leaders and decision makers keep failing to address obvious dangers before they spiral out of control? Drawing on her extensive background in policy formation and crisis management as well as in-depth interviews with leaders from around the world, Michele Wucker shows in The Gray Rhino how to recognize and strategically counter looming high-impact threats. Filled with persuasive stories, real-world examples, and practical advice, The Gray Rhino is essential listening for managers, investors, planners, policy makers, and anyone who wants to understand how to profit by avoiding getting trampled. This audiobook features an introduction read by the author. Members Reviews: The voice is not for an audiobook The voice is not for an audiobook. The book is interesting and frankly I had a challenge following the voice because simply its monoton to follow it

Move Fast and Break Things Audiobook by Jonathan Taplin

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jonathan Taplin) — Tue, 18 Apr 2017 02:03:16 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Move Fast and Break Things Subtitle: How Facebook, Google, and Amazon Cornered Culture and Undermined Democracy Author: Jonathan Taplin Narrator: Holden Still Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 23 mins Language: English Release date: 04-18-17 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 63 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Move Fast and Break Things tells the story of how a small group of libertarian entrepreneurs began in the 1990s to hijack the original decentralized vision of the Internet, in the process creating three monopoly firms - Facebook, Amazon, and Google - that now determine the future of the music, film, television, publishing, and news industries. Taplin offers a succinct and powerful history of how online life began to be shaped around the values of the men who founded these companies, including Peter Thiel and Larry Page: tolerating piracy of books, music and film while at the same time promoting opaque business practices and subordinating privacy of individual users to create the surveillance marketing monoculture in which we now live. The enormous profits that have come with this concentration of power tell their own story. Since 2001, newspaper and music revenues have fallen by 70 percent; book publishing, film, and television profits have also fallen dramatically. Revenues at Google in this same period grew from $400 million to $74.5 billion. Google's YouTube today controls 60 percent of the streaming audio business and pays only 11 percent of the streaming audio revenues. More creative content is being consumed than ever before, but less revenue is flowing to creators and owners of the content. With the reallocation of money to monopoly platforms comes a shift in power. Google, Facebook, and Amazon now enjoy political power on par with Big Oil and Big Pharma, which in part explains how such a tremendous shift in revenues from artists to platforms could have been achieved and why it has gone unchallenged for so long. The stakes in this story go far beyond the livelihood of any one musician or journalist. As Taplin observes, the fact that more and more Americans receive their news, music, and other forms of entertainment from a small group of companies poses a real threat to democracy. Move Fast and Break Things offers a vital, forward-thinking prescription for how artists can reclaim their audiences using knowledge of the past and a determination to work together. Using his own half-century career as a music and film producer and early pioneer of streaming video online, Taplin offers new ways to think about the design of the World Wide Web and specifically the way we live with the firms that dominate it. Critic Reviews: "Move Fast and Break Things goes on my bookshelf beside a few other indispensable signposts in the maze of the 21st century - The Technological Society and The Medium Is the Message by Marshall McLuhan. I pray the deepest and highest prayer I can get to that this clarion warning is heeded. The survival of our species is at stake." (T Bone Burnett, Grammy-winning producer and musician) "A powerful argument for reducing inequality and revolutionizing how we use the Web for the benefit of the many rather than the few." (Kirkus) "Jonathan Taplin's Move Fast and Break Things, a rock and roll memoir cum Internet history cum artists' manifesto, provides a bracing antidote to corporate triumphalism - and a reminder that writers and musicians need a place at the tech table and, more to the point, a way to make a decent living." (Jeffrey Toobin, author of American Heiress) Members Reviews: Against progress and libertarians. Propaganda, pure and simple.

The FINTECH Book Audiobook by Susanne Chishti, Janos Barberis

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Susanne Chishti) — Tue, 20 Dec 2016 02:01:16 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The FINTECH Book Subtitle: The Financial Technology Handbook for Investors, Entrepreneurs and Visionaries Author: Susanne Chishti, Janos Barberis Narrator: John Telfer Format: Unabridged Length: 17 hrs and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 12-20-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 42 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: A front-line industry insider's look at the financial technology explosion. The FINTECH Book is your primary guide to the financial technology revolution, and the disruption, innovation, and opportunity therein. Written by prominent thought leaders in the global fintech investment space, this book aggregates diverse industry expertise into a single informative volume to provide entrepreneurs, bankers, and investors with the answers they need to capitalize on this lucrative market. Key industry developments are explained in detail, and critical insights from cutting-edge practitioners offer first-hand information and lessons learned. The financial technology sector is booming, and entrepreneurs, bankers, consultants, investors, and asset managers are scrambling for more information: Who are the key players? What's driving the explosive growth? What are the risks? This book collates insights, knowledge, and guidance from industry experts to provide the answers to these questions and more. The fintech market captured over $14 billion in 2014, a three-fold increase from the previous year. New startups are popping up at an increasing pace, and large banks and insurance companies are being pushed toward increasing digital operations in order to survive. The financial technology sector is booming and The FINTECH Book is the first crowd-sourced book on the subject globally, making it an invaluable source of information for anybody working in or interested in this space. Members Reviews: Excellent overview of the critical issues this book has an excellent overview and in-depth analysis of the critical issues facing the fintech ecosystem. it covers everything from regulation and technology challenges associated with that as well as ethics and values which is covered in the very very last chapter of the 84 chapters Good book on FinTech For windows 10 I had to breake the book in to to and to contact support two times to fix the sound, it works on any other device. But over all it is a great book on the Fintech Scene right now. Regards Steffen Doesn't build to meaningful depth, lacks direction This is a 'crowd sourced' concept book where each chapter is from a different contributor all discussing various aspects of Fintech. Unfortunately the result is that each chapter is unconnected to the rest, at least unconnected in any meaningful way. Because of the concept and construction the book doesn't build. It is essentially a long list of 'articles' which won't interest most people, even if we are into Fintech. The lack of narrative progression means that the book says nothing deep about Fintech. Articles bore with specifics that don't inform but strangely don't say much about specific Financial Technology companies. For example there are a few paragraphs written from national perspectives: how is Fintech in France, India, etc. One of these includes a list of very specific banking penetration statistics for Mexico. But there is no specific analysis of business case wins or losses and no technology is analyzed. In addition there is an annoying tendency to act as a cheerleader for how Fintech will take over everything with too little room for criticism, constructive or otherwise.

Summary: Awaken the Giant Within Audiobook by Readtrepreneur Publishing

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Readtrepreneur Publishing) — Tue, 26 Sep 2017 18:04:37 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary: Awaken the Giant Within Subtitle: How to Take Immediate Control of Your Mental, Emotional, Physical and Financial Destiny! By Tony Robbins: Book Summary Author: Readtrepreneur Publishing Narrator: Kevin Kollins Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 09-26-17 Publisher: Readtrepreneur Publishing Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 29 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Note: This summary is wholly written and published by readtrepreneur.com. It is not affiliated with the original author in any way. Believe it or not, everyone has the power to achieve their goals in life, no matter how impossible it may seem to be. The human spirit is extremely powerful and it helps us to achieve the unimaginable, only if we allow it to. Awaken the Giant Within is a book which will help you unleash the power you never knew you had and push you into action to start working towards your goals today. "Whatever you hold in your mind on a consistent basis is exactly what you will experience in life." (Tony Robbins) Through this book, Tony Robbins explains the reasons that are stopping us from achieving what we want as well as the actions we can take to move in the right direction and get closer to our goals. If you are not getting what you want in life, stop doing the same things over and over again! Start doing things differently. Tony Robbins holds our hands as he guides us through the life-changing experience of unleashing the power within ourselves. P.S. You may be experiencing a low moment in your life right now, feeling lost and unfulfilled. Motivation to move forward in the right direction towards what you truly want is just what you need and this book is sure to deliver that for you. Disclaimer: This is not the original book. Members Reviews: Love this book The ideas in this book are not new, but Tony brings them together in a way that is approachable. He has spent his life learning about how we think and why we do things. In this book, he shares everything he knows. It's worth reading over and over best book Reading this book makes you feel better emotionally. But remember the key is to take consistent action every day. Highly recommended. Real book Tony Robbins is one of my favorite coaches. Despite there are plenty of people out there who has negative thoughts about him, they can't argue what he wrote in his book helps. practical advice Life changing for me. Its really helpful if you actually do what Tony suggests. Theres so much more in this book than a plan to find a great match. I plan on reading this book again! helped me Very good audio summary - a solid, audio book - well presented and easy to follow. I listen to audio books in the car while commuting to work and I liked this one so much, I listened to it a second time so the concepts would sink in.

Finance Basics Audiobook by Harvard Business Review

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Harvard Business Review) — Tue, 04 Aug 2015 01:13:44 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Finance Basics Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: James Edward Thomas Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 10 mins Language: English Release date: 08-04-15 Publisher: Harvard Business School Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 85 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Intimidated by corporate finance? The numbers (and the jargon) can feel overwhelming - but you have to understand them to manage effectively. Finance Basics explains the fundamentals simply and quickly, introducing you to key terms and concepts such as: About HBR's 20-Minute Manager series: Don't have much time? Get up to speed fast on the most essential business skills with HBR's 20-Minute Manager series. Whether you need a crash course or a brief refresher, each book in the series is a concise, practical primer that will help you brush up on a key management topic. Advice you can quickly hear and apply, for ambitious professionals and aspiring executives - from the most trusted source in business. Members Reviews: Structured & helpful overview The audio book is quite beneficial if you have some knowledge on finance and want to learn more about the basics or just get a quick recap broad range of information not much depth to the material. it ended before it got started. very short book great book A really well narrated book managers with limited little or no financial knowledge Boring Boring and did not learn anything new. Lost interest within 20 minutes of the book. Disappointed. I would not recommend for anyone about to go into a Master's level course. I would recommend it for someone who can handle a monotone voice and likes books with very little substance.

Bitcoin: A Beginners Guide to Bitcoin Audiobook by James Tudor

biacuaduc@gmail.com (James Tudor) — Mon, 18 Dec 2017 15:24:29 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bitcoin: A Beginners Guide to Bitcoin Subtitle: Over 50 Questions and Answers, Myth Busters, FAQs, Tips, and Much More! Author: James Tudor Narrator: Randal Schaffer Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 31 mins Language: English Release date: 12-18-17 Publisher: Millennium Publishing Ltd Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 26 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: In 2008, the mysterious Satoshi Nakamoto published a white paper entitled "Bitcoin: A Peer-to-Peer Electronic Cash System". After several months, the Bitcoin network was unveiled to the world. Miners began mining. Transactions were placed between individuals. Goods were purchased with Bitcoin. And the rest is history. Bitcoin is a brave new chapter in the technological universe. The relatively unexplored oceans of blockchain are gradually being uncovered, and the benefits are clear to those with open eyes and ears. This currency has the potential to revolutionize how we think about money. Whether it's paying for a cup of coffee, buying a car, or receiving payment for a service, Bitcoin can process it all through a decentralized network with low fees. Bitcoin is as promising as it is complex, but how is a normal user supposed to grasp the intricacies of this up-and-coming digital currency? Bitcoin: A Beginners Guide to Bitcoin is an all-inclusive guide to the history, production, and usage of Bitcoin as a standalone currency. What exactly is a "block"? How does one go about attaining Bitcoins? Why are hashes so important? These are questions that are not only answered, but put into the context that helps you, the listener, understand the brilliant design of Bitcoin's underlying technology: blockchain. The pages also feature useful tips for the budding investor or day trader, offer insight into storing and exchanging digital coins, and bust 20 of the most common misconceptions about Bitcoin. If you are unsure about how much you have retained after the reading, each chapter conveniently has multiple-choice questions for you to test your fundamental Bitcoin knowledge. Members Reviews: Really Helpful Book As a beginner, this book was very informative. This is a fantastic summary on the basics of bitcoin. I enjoyed reading it. It helps that its written in very simple language suitable for non-techies. Great Listen. HIGHLY RECOMMENDED!! I have heard and listened so much book on bitcoin, and other cryptocurrency. This book was able to help me in understanding the technology behind it and how it all started. I was able to learn about the benefit of using Blockchain and also examples of those cryptocurrency using blockchain. This book also talked a bit on bitcoin and how to go about with the mining of bitcoin. I am so happy to have gone through this book. This book is honestly the best beginner guide. The book is a well established example of how bitcoin and cryptocurrencies are turning our present into future the book is so well written about the details of crytpocurrencies that any tech newbie will understand the details easily right after finish the book and the exercises will be a great help for anyone to recall the learning of every chapter chapter. Well worth the price.This book is honestly the best beginner guide on Bitcoin I've come across. Simple, concise and we'll structures. Even has plenty of questions and answers. This lhelped me to learn various things about This book helped me to learn various things about Bitcoin like: mining, investing, and trading. It also showed me what type of tools I should use. Here I got few lessons about how to minimize any type of risk and maximize the profit.

Street Smarts Audiobook by Jim Rogers

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jim Rogers) — Tue, 05 Feb 2013 17:19:19 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Street Smarts Subtitle: Adventures on the Road and in the Markets Author: Jim Rogers Narrator: Michael Bybee Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 02-05-13 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 294 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Wall Street legend and best-selling author Jim Rogers offers investing insights and economic, political, and social analysis, drawing on lessons and observations from his lifetime in the markets. Jim Rogers, whose entertaining accounts of his travels around the world - studying the markets from Russia to Singapore from the ground up - has enthralled investors and Wall Street aficionados for two decades in such books as Investment Biker, Adventure Capitalist, Hot Commodities, and A Bull in China. In his engaging memoir Street Smarts, Rogers offers pithy commentary from a lifetime of adventure, from his early years growing up a naïve kid in Demopolis, Alabama, to his fledgling career on Wall Street, to his cofounding the wildly successful Quantum Fund [omit George Soros], Rogers always had a restless curiosity to experience and understand the world around him. In Street Smarts, he takes us through the highlights of his life in the financial markets, from his school days at Yale and Oxford - where despite the fact that he didnt have enough money to afford the appropriate pair of shoes, he coaxed the crew and helped to win the Oxford-Cambridge Boat Race as well as the Thames Cup, the first of his three Guiness World Records - to his first heady taste of Wall Street in the mid-1960s, and his years helping to run the most successful hedge fund on Wall Street. As a result of his extraordinary success with the Quantum Fund, Rogers was able to retire at the age of 37. Since then he has taught classes in finance at Columbia University, hosted television programs, and traveled the world seeing firsthand how revolutions in Chile affect coffee prices in Seattle, and how shortages of copper in Africa affect electricity brownouts in Ohio. In the course of his new book, Rogers offers often surprising observations on how the world works - and what trends he sees in the future. He explains why Asia will be the dominant economic force in the 21st century - and how he and his wife and two daughters moved to Singapore to prepare his family for the coming changes. He discusses why America and the European Union are in decline, and what we need to do to right our economy and society. The age of Wall Street, Rogers claims, when the finance industry drove 25% of Americas growth, is over. Tomorrows economy will be driven by those who make things - food, energy, goods, and consumables. Regarded as one of the most astute investors Wall Street has ever known, Jim Rogers once again is at his acerbic and storytelling best. Critic Reviews: "There are almost no investment geniuses. The only ones I know of are Warren E. Buffett and John C. Bogle and Jim Rogers." (Ben Stein, New York Times) "Jim Rogers makes my head hurt." (Paul Krugman, New York Times) Members Reviews: Jim Rogers tells it like it is I always enjoy Jim Rogers being interviewed because he is not afraid to tell the truth as he sees it. This is a good book and I enjoyed it. Doing his own narration was a positive thing for the story and the book. Just what you've come to expect from him Given Jim's success as an investor, he obviously has great insights into markets and the people, incentives and events that move them.

How to Set-Up Your Business for Under $1000 Audiobook by Dan Fleyshman, Branden Hampton

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dan Fleyshman) — Wed, 11 May 2016 10:48:32 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How to Set-Up Your Business for Under $1000 Author: Dan Fleyshman, Branden Hampton Narrator: Larry Wayne Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 26 mins Language: English Release date: 05-11-16 Publisher: Buy This Book Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: In today's world, the media glamorizes start-ups that are able to raise tons of money in seed funding from investors. While this has helped inspire more people to launch businesses, I believe it has also fueled the notion that tons of funding is needed in order to actually start. Well, folks, I'm here to tell you that this is simply not true. This flawed belief is the exact reason why Branden Hampton and I wrote this book. We've structured this book to walk you through building and growing your business from start to finish. At the end we provide a list of resources to help you with execution. Our hope is that this book will save you time and money so you can focus on what's truly important in getting your company to the next level. So, without further ado, let's get started! Members Reviews: Basics without any nuggets What disappointed you about How to Set-Up Your Business for Under $1000? The initial list of to-dos had me excited, but then the book drops into a really protracted explanation of business plan writing and SWAT selling. These are not new concepts. Where was the meat? The narration was as slow as any I've heard. After 6 minutes of selling me on SWAT, I had the book figured. Oh, and that was with 10 minutes left. Would you ever listen to anything by Dan Fleyshman and Branden Hampton again? Probably, but given the author's reputation and success I can't believe they attached their names to this book. Who would you have cast as narrator instead of Larry Wayne? He's clear, but so slow I found myself falling asleep in between breathes. What reaction did this book spark in you? Anger, sadness, disappointment? Bored. Nothing new here. You can look up business plans online, SWAT online, and get a start-up check list online. The authors didn't explain any cost saving services, what you should and should not pay for initially, or anything else related to the title. They dive into writing a business plan (for your own good), but unless you need venture capital isn't that even being questioned today? Analysis is good, but this is nothing short of regurgitating what is readily available online. Any additional comments? I want my money back The best no-frills and to the point guide to starting a business from scratch. So many business books are filled with pointless fluff. I was impressed by The to the point, checklist style advice. This book could be used as an informative checklist to have by your side while you are going through the start up phases. I have started multiple profitable companies in my life and will be using this book with my teams in the future during those planning phases. excellent! I loved this book because where else can I get such riches in a small book and for a low price. I'm loving it! Great information! I enjoyed this book and I plan to implement their strategies in starting my own business. I am a new entrepreneur and I've not been sure how to proceed. The strategies the authors lay out are clear and will help a lot. I recommend it.

Viking Economics: Audiobook by George Lakey

biacuaduc@gmail.com (George Lakey) — Mon, 07 Aug 2017 03:26:37 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Viking Economics: Subtitle: How the Scandinavians Got It Right - And How We Can, Too Author: George Lakey Narrator: Chris Roman Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 26 mins Language: English Release date: 08-07-17 Publisher: TalkingBook Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 26 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Liberals worldwide invoke Scandinavia as a promised land of equality, while most conservatives fear it as a hotbed of liberty-threatening socialism. But the left and right can usually agree on one thing: that the Nordic system is impossible to replicate elsewhere. The US and UK are too big, or too individualistic, or too - something. In Viking Economics - perhaps the most fun economics audiobook you've ever listened to - George Lakey dispels these myths. He explores the inner-workings of the Nordic economies that boast the world's happiest, most productive workers, and explains how, if we can enact some of the changes the Scandinavians fought for, surprisingly recently, we too can embrace equality in our economic policy. Members Reviews: Great quality and Important! Kind of out of Talking Book's ballpark but such a good book. Complex but very approachable. Listen up, because this is legit! Amazing ideas in this book Expect a clean, professionally narrated book about economics and social policy but FUN! Loved it and would listen to again. SO GOOD! Any additional comments? Love that this exists. Wish they would release this on the news. Exactly what people need to hear. Great Audiobook Any additional comments? Amazing. Can't believe this isn't required reading (or listening). Should be taught in schools. Awesome book! MIND BLOWING Any additional comments? This is something that everyone should hear. Very convincing. Very well-written and the narration is great!

Poorly Made in China Audiobook by Paul Midler

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Paul Midler) — Tue, 23 Feb 2010 02:09:44 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Poorly Made in China Subtitle: An Insider's Account of the Tactics Behind China's Production Game Author: Paul Midler Narrator: Paul Midler Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 02-23-10 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 410 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: It was a world gone wrong, one in which manufacturers thought little of manipulating product quality levels in order to save the smallest amounts, where savvy foreign business leaders were made to feel in control while they were taken for a ride by their partners, where entire manufacturing facilities sometimes vanished right into thin air... Welcome to Poorly Made in China! At the height of the boom export manufacturing, Paul Midler returned to East Asia, a recently graduated Wharton MBA. In the right place at the right time, he was sought out by a number of foreign companies who wanted help in navigating the new economy. The adventures came fast, as did the business and cultural lessons. Poorly Made in China is a dramatic romp through China's export manufacturing sector, one that reveals what really goes on behind the scenes. The story follows the author from one project to the next, taking the reader through a diverse set of industries and revealing a number of challenges. An engaging business narrative told with doses of humor and insight, this true story pulls back the curtain on the rising Chinese economy, providing a closer look at the rough-and-tumble environment in which so many of our consumer products are being made. For those trying to make sense of why so many quality failures could come out of China at once, this book is an especially interesting read. Poorly Made in China is the tale of a modern-day gold rush and its consequences, the chronicling of a rising economic power and its path along a steep growth curve. Entertaining and eye-opening, the book highlights the extent to which culture affects business dealings, and the ultimate suggestion is that we may have more to be concerned about than product failures alone. Members Reviews: Hours of jaw dropping amazment Midler is direct, pulls no punches and leaves you with a clear understanding of the hows and whys behind all those news stories you hear of yet another recalled product that was made (poorly) in China. I can truely say, I could'nt put it down and listened every moment I could until the end. Having just investigated a the recall of a life-protecting and China-made spring for Scuba Diving that corroded in salt water, this book made it all clear as to the likely scenario. Fascinating look at what "Made in China" means Midler worked as a consultant to firms, mostly American, wanting to manufacture in China, and served as a translator/mediator/man-on-the-ground for his American employers. As such he often discovered the ways the Chinese factory owners play various quality games to increase their profits, regardless of contracts, previous understanding, or even what we view as basic safety and quality standards. His book provides a fascinating view into what goes on in such factories, and the different point-of-view the Chinese manufacturers have of things, both economic and cultural, which make dialogue often difficult and frustrating. I thoroughly enjoyed the book, which was very ably read by Midler himself (a reasonable choice, as he often mentions and explains Chinese words and phrases). I found only two issues with this book - first, the points he makes are sometimes repetitive, making the same observation twice or more. Some judicious editing would have removed these instances.

Predictive Analytics Audiobook by Eric Siegel

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Eric Siegel) — Wed, 30 Dec 2015 08:17:20 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Predictive Analytics Subtitle: The Power to Predict Who Will Click, Buy, Lie, or Die Author: Eric Siegel Narrator: Nicolas D. Frantela Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 7 mins Language: English Release date: 12-30-15 Publisher: Prediction Impact, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 201 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: "Mesmerizing & fascinating..." (The Seattle Post-Intelligencer) "The Freakonomics of big data." (Stein Kretsinger, founding executive of Advertising.com) Award-winning | Used by over 30 universities | Translated into nine languages An introduction for everyone. Rather than a "how to" for hands-on techies, this book - now in its revised and updated edition - serves lay listeners and experts alike by covering new case studies and the latest state-of-the-art techniques. In this rich, fascinating, and surprisingly accessible introduction, leading expert Eric Siegel reveals how predictive analytics works and how it affects everyone every day. Trendsetters like Chase, Facebook, Google, Hillary for America, HP, IBM, Match.com, Netflix, the NSA, Pfizer, Target, and Uber are seizing upon the power of big data to predict human behavior - including yours. Why? Predictive analytics reinvents industries and runs the world. Listen to this book to discover how it combats risk, boosts sales, fortifies health care, optimizes social networks, toughens crime fighting, and wins elections. Members Reviews: Interesting, but... The book is interesting but goes too much into Watson, the IBM computer's performance in Jeopardy, and repeats themes mentioned earlier in the book without anything significant. The reader's performance, though making an effort to be amusing and showing talent, can be annoying! Not a great book This book wasnt for you, but who do you think might enjoy it more? I don't know who would enjoy the book.It only talks about concepts nothing concrete. Worth listening. At first I found the narrator a bit too enthusiastic, but he grew on me. This book was very interesting and told great stories about applications. great narration and great content. loved the narration. and the content was dense, and informative without being boring. I recommend to anyone who is interested in how data can tell stories and how we can learn from otherwise ignored information. Fantastic!!!! What a great book. Broad, philosophical and yet practical!! Highly recommended book!!! Great narration.

Tap Audiobook by Anindya Ghose

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Anindya Ghose) — Fri, 21 Apr 2017 16:36:23 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Tap Subtitle: Unlocking the Mobile Economy Author: Anindya Ghose Narrator: James Foster Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 26 mins Language: English Release date: 04-21-17 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Consumers create a data trail by tapping their phones; businesses can tap into this trail to harness the power of the more than three trillion dollar mobile economy. According to Anindya Ghose, a global authority on the mobile economy, this two-way exchange can benefit both customers and businesses. In Tap, Ghose welcomes us to the mobile economy of smartphones, smarter companies, and value-seeking consumers. Drawing on his extensive research in the United States, Europe, and Asia, and on a variety of real-world examples from companies including Alibaba, China Mobile, Coke, Facebook, SK Telecom, Telefónica, and Travelocity, Ghose describes some intriguingly contradictory consumer behavior: people seek spontaneity, but they are predictable; they find advertising annoying, but they fear missing out; they value their privacy, but they increasingly use personal data as currency. When mobile advertising is done well, Ghose argues, the smartphone plays the role of a personal concierge - a butler, not a stalker. Ghose identifies nine forces that shape consumer behavior, including time, crowdedness, trajectory, and weather, and he examines how these forces operate, separately and in combination. With Tap, he highlights the true influence mobile wields over shoppers, the behavioral and economic motivations behind that influence, and the lucrative opportunities it represents. In a world of artificial intelligence, augmented and virtual reality, wearable technologies, smart homes, and the Internet of Things, the future of the mobile economy seems limitless. Members Reviews: A cross between a textbook and handbook An amazing collection of facts and wisdom on what it takes to make electronic and mobile commerce advertising work A must read/listen! This book is a must have for anyone looking to gain a deeper understanding of the technologies that are shaping our future. An Excellent Introduction to the Mobile Economy. If you could sum up Tap in three words, what would they be? This book is a page turner if you are in anyway interested in understanding how the modern smart phones are changing or rather fundamentally altering consumer behavior in so much as even the first time internet users through the smart phones are taking a plunge engaging in ecommerce. This is the text to consider if you are thinking of understanding the vast potential of the mobile economy both as a consumer or as a marketer to the consumer of smart phones and/or other such devices. It discusses the ramifications using hardcore academic research data driven evidences that would help right from regulators, corporate marketers, data scientists to the ultimate consumers of smart phone user. Starting with the behavioral contradictions of the consumers, it further explores nine key factors that are likely to affect the monetization process of the data generated by our use of modern smart phones or the advanced feature phones like the ones going to be used by Reliance Jio customers in India very soon.

The Fourth Industrial Revolution Audiobook by Klaus Schwab

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Klaus Schwab) — Thu, 05 Jan 2017 22:36:30 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Fourth Industrial Revolution Author: Klaus Schwab Narrator: Nicholas Guy Smith Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 32 mins Language: English Release date: 01-05-17 Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 14 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged downloadable audiobook edition of The Fourth Industrial Revolution by Klaus Schwab, read by Nicholas Guy Smith. The founder and executive chairman of the World Economic Forum on how the impending technological revolution will change our lives. We are on the brink of the Fourth Industrial Revolution. And this one will be unlike any other in human history. Characterized by new technologies fusing the physical, digital and biological worlds, the Fourth Industrial Revolution will impact all disciplines, economies and industries - and it will do so at an unprecedented rate. World Economic Forum data predicts that by 2025 we will see commercial use of nanomaterials 200 times stronger than steel and a million times thinner than human hair; the first transplant of a 3-D-printed liver; 10 percent of all cars on US roads being driverless; and much more besides. In The Fourth Industrial Revolution, Schwab outlines the key technologies driving this revolution; discusses the major impacts on governments, businesses, civil society and individuals; and offers bold ideas for what can be done to shape a better future for all. Members Reviews: Bastante regular está lleno de generalidades y se hace pesado cuando empieza a hablar de las ventajas e inconvenientes de cada tecnología great stuff. great narrator. one of the few tech book out there that actually has a point. Filled with info and entertaining. If you want to understand the future read this A detailed analysis of the technologies of the future and the impacts that they may have socially and politically. A must read for these confusing and worrying times Insightful overview of 4th Industrial Revolution The author offers an insightful, thought provoking and balanced overview of the 4th Industrial Revolution. The narrator did a good job as well and held my attention throughout. Brilliant Insightful, informed, perception and mindset shifting across sectors digitally. great listen and educative. highly recommended

The Sharing Economy Audiobook by Arun Sundararajan

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Arun Sundararajan) — Fri, 13 May 2016 17:49:40 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Sharing Economy Subtitle: The End of Employment and the Rise of Crowd-Based Capitalism Author: Arun Sundararajan Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 56 mins Language: English Release date: 05-13-16 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 229 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Sharing isn't new. Giving someone a ride, having a guest in your spare room, running errands for someone, participating in a supper club - these are not revolutionary concepts. What is new in the "sharing economy" is that you are not helping a friend for free; you are providing these services to a stranger for money. In this book, Arun Sundararajan, an expert on the sharing economy, explains the transition to what he describes as "crowd-based capitalism" - a new way of organizing economic activity that may supplant the traditional corporate-centered model. As peer-to-peer commercial exchange blurs the lines between the personal and the professional, how will the economy, government regulation, what it means to have a job, and our social fabric be affected? Drawing on extensive research and numerous real-world examples, Sundararajan explains the basics of crowd-based capitalism. He describes the intriguing mix of "gift" and "market" in its transactions, demystifies emerging blockchain technologies, and clarifies the dizzying array of emerging on-demand platforms. He then considers how this new paradigm changes economic growth and the future of work. Members Reviews: Relevant & engaging This book is accessible to both top-notch-economists and laypeople alike. It was a fascinating listen. The subject is of such vast economic importance, and yet it's so personal to each of us in the developed world. The emergence and growth of peer-to-peer services in the past few years has been staggering. Economic activity is shifting away from central institutions to services provided by other individuals who have access to goods. The range of services is stunning you can get a ride, order food, crash on someone's couch, ship an unwieldy object, have your clothes laundered, book a massage therapist, or become a startup investor, all with a few taps on your phone. As the scope of peer-to-peer markets expands, we're taking economic activity out of institutions. In the established model, most economic activity was controlled by large companies. Now we have a digitally controlled model a platform that sits btw people who have time, have stuff, or have $, and people who need those things. Loved the discussion on what makes people trust each other enough for these high-stakes interactions, the "digital online reputation circles." Which brings me to the most interesting aspect of the sharing economy, and of the book the implications both for regulation & for the workforce. On the one hand, value is captured by people below median income, which is a promise of inclusive growth. On the other hand well, you should get the book. Great book for anyone creating digital apps This book is a life changer in so many ways. It connects many of the puzzle pieces together and shows you how they interact. Great book! In the future everyone has value. Great economic outlook on effect of tech The author does an excellent job capturing the economics behind where this sharing trend is headed. Being an Econ major and an MBA I thoroughly enjoyed this book. It's an easy digestible read.

The Culture Engine Audiobook by S. Chris Edmonds

biacuaduc@gmail.com (S. Chris Edmonds) — Fri, 14 Nov 2014 09:14:12 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Culture Engine Subtitle: A Framework for Driving Results, Inspiring Your Employees, and Transforming Your Workplace Author: S. Chris Edmonds Narrator: Matthew Boston Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 35 mins Language: English Release date: 11-14-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 39 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: An organizational "North Star", codifying valued behaviors for optimal performance. The Culture Engine shows leaders how to create a high performing, values aligned culture through the creation of an organizational constitution. With practical step-by-step guidance, listeners learn how to define their organization's culture, delineate the behaviors that contribute to greater performance and greater engagement, and draft a document that codifies those behaviors into a constitution that guides behavior toward an ideal: a safe, inspiring workplace. The discussion focuses on people, including who should be involved at the outset and how to engage employees from start to finish, while examples of effective constitutions provide guidance toward drafting a document that can actualize an organization's potential. Culture drives everything that happens in an organization day to day, including focus, priorities, and the treatment of employees and customers. A great culture drives great performance, and can help attract and retain great talent. But a great culture isn't something that evolves naturally. The Culture Engine is a guide to strategically planning a culture by compiling the company's guiding principles and behaviors into an organizational constitution. Decide which behaviors and attitudes are desired in the organization. Secure leader commitment to planning, drafting, and implementing the document. Learn the most effective way to socialize the draft statement and get everyone on board. Model desired behaviors to boost employee engagement throughout the process. Organizational culture is not an amorphous thing - it comes down from the top, inspired and exemplified by the leadership. It can steer a company up or down, keep it on mission or force it off-course. For an organization to fulfill its potential, the culture must be on-point, truly reflecting the heart of the company from leaders to team members across the company. Members Reviews: Preachy no insight disappointment Struggled to finish. It's full of obevious examples and frankly there. Is no insight. Will not recommend this to anyone

The Rothschild Family Audiobook by Charles River Editors

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Charles River Editors) — Wed, 26 Oct 2016 21:12:58 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Rothschild Family Subtitle: The History and Legacy of the International Banking Dynasty Author: Charles River Editors Narrator: Scott Clem Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 10-26-16 Publisher: Charles River Editors Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The Rothschild dynasty of power and wealth would not only become a force to be reckoned with in the banking industry, but they would also become the ceaseless subject of scandal, conspiracy theories, and awe. Descriptions full of hyperbole have been on public display for centuries, such as the family description that appeared in the Niles' Weekly Register in 1836, "The Rothschilds are the wonders of modern banking ...Not a cabinet moves without their advice. They stretch their hand, with equal ease, from Petersburgh to Vienna, from Vienna to Paris, from Paris to London, from London to Washington...They are the brokers and counselors of the kings of Europe and of the republican chiefs of America. What more can they desire?" The Rothschild Family: The History and Legacy of the International Banking Dynasty looks at one of the richest families in history. Members Reviews: Good short intro / visit to this history The book opens with a broad (if shallow) sketch of Jewish history in Europe. The basic story of this family, particularly the first prominent generations, is told. Controversy (and conspiracy theory) is not explored, but is briefly sketched. Overall, good value, perhaps as a lead in to one of the bigger books.

Small Business Taxes Made Easy, Third Edition Audiobook by Eva Rosenberg

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Eva Rosenberg) — Wed, 15 Feb 2017 13:59:14 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Small Business Taxes Made Easy, Third Edition Subtitle: How to Increase Your Deductions, Reduce What You Owe, and Build a Dynasty Author: Eva Rosenberg Narrator: Eva Rosenberg Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 48 mins Language: English Release date: 02-15-17 Publisher: McGraw-Hill Education Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Don't be taxed out of business! Know your rights, and keep more of what you earn. It's great to start a business and be your own boss - but with all the taxes you pay, it sometimes feels like you're working for the government. This book teaches you ways to work smarter - not harder! The go-to tax guide for small-business owners is packed with tips for dramatically lowering your taxes. This new edition covers key provisions passed by Congress that will affect your taxes for 2016 through 2020. It includes: Small Business Taxes Made Easy covers more than just taxes. It includes business plans, legal tax-cutting tips, and ways to build your dynasty - or develop a smart exit plan (think venture capital or IPO). Best of all, you learn how to increase your profits and your cash flow and to ensure your business is a success. You have more rights as a taxpayer than you probably realize, and this unparalleled guide helps you exercise them to the max! Small Business Taxes Made Easy offers easy-to-follow, actionable advice with timeless information. Whatever kind of business you run, this book provides everything you need to hold on to more of the profits you've worked so hard for. Members Reviews: informative Best book ever read on taxes, it's all in one, Love it so much. EA class with tax mama is sure

Factory Man Audiobook by Beth Macy

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Beth Macy) — Tue, 15 Jul 2014 06:13:40 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Factory Man Subtitle: How One Furniture Maker Battled Offshoring, Stayed Local - and Helped Save an American Town Author: Beth Macy Narrator: Kristin Kalbli Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 07-15-14 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 182 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: With over $500 million a year in sales, the Bassett Furniture Company was once the world's biggest wood furniture manufacturer. Run by the same powerful Virginia family for three generations, it was also the center of life in Bassett, VA-an unincorporated town that existed solely for the people who built the company's products. But beginning in the 1980s, the Bassett company suffered from an influx of cheap Chinese furniture as the first waves of Asian competition hit, and ultimately was forced to send its production offshore to Asia. Only one man fought back. That man is John Bassett III, a descendant of the Bassetts who is now chairman of Vaughan-Bassett Furniture Co, which employs more than 700 Virginians and has sales of over $90 million. In Factory Man, Beth Macy brings to life Bassett's deeply personal furniture and family story. As she shows how he uses legal maneuvers, factory efficiencies, and sheer grit, cunning, and will to save hundreds of jobs, she also discovers the hidden and shocking truth about industry and America. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio. Members Reviews: Portrait of a One Fingered Salute! If you could sum up Factory Man in three words, what would they be? Brilliant but disturbing Who was your favorite character and why? John Bassett III Because the book is all about him and his personality. He is many things all rolled up into one. Have you listened to any of Kristin Kalblis other performances before? How does this one compare? No, I have not. Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you? By far the most heart rending story in the entire book is when JB III was observing a manufacturer in China in the finishing stain and sealant spraying area of the plant. He noted the lack of ventilation and protective gear for the workers. These workers are Chinese presents, fresh from the farm that makes money for their families. When JB III asks his host about the concentration of toxins and lack of protections his host simply and shockingly observed that, they last about three years; then they die; then we get new man. This cold disregard for human life tells me China is where we were in our early industrial age 200 years ago. Only by looking back can we encompass and understand the horror of such a statement. We can only seek to understand it. We can never condone it. Any additional comments? Factory Man is a portrait of a specific individual, namely John Bassett III, the son of a North Carolina furniture manufacturing dynasty. It is also a reflection of the history of furniture manufacturing in America and the world. The subtitle of this book is How One Furniture Maker Battled Offshoring, Stayed Local - and Helped Save an American Town. In as far as Vaughan-Bassett Furniture Co, employs more than 700 Virginians and has sales of more than $90 million the subtitle is true. As much as I personally applaud Mr. Bassetts personal commitment to his people, determination, pluck, and downright scrappiness in the face of the Asian tsunami wave of computation that created that giant sucking sound that swallowed up 673,000 American furniture manufacturing jobs, as Ross Perot predicted when he described the effects of the North American Free Trade Agreement NAFTA, Mr.

Ecommerce: Shopify: Step by Step Guide on How to Make Money Selling on Shopify Audiobook

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Matthew Scott) — Tue, 28 Nov 2017 22:44:22 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Ecommerce: Shopify: Step by Step Guide on How to Make Money Selling on Shopify Author: Matthew Scott Narrator: Christopher Preece Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 11-28-17 Publisher: Platinum Press LLC Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: This book includes four amazing guides. With the rise of online shopping, the high-level of investment and competition involved in brick-and-mortar store is becoming a worry of the past for small business entrepreneurs. The entire world is your market, and there's room for you to earn a great living providing customers with excellent products. Guidance includes: Taking the leap into running your own business isn't as scary as it used to be. There have been thousands upon thousands of success stories, and if you are willing to put in the work, you can become one of those stories that inspire others to take their financial situation into their own hands. Members Reviews: Great Referrence I found this book very informative and instructive. There is so much content on how to do Ecommerce effectively. Reading it once Is good overall exposure to Ecommerce. I Intend to use it as a daily reference to assist building an Ecommerce Lab for entrepreneurs in our rural community. Useful one.. I find this book helpful and informative! I am reading up on understanding how E-commerce works. This book has the easiest step by step guide in making money through Shopify and Amazon FBA. very satisfied I have read quite a few different books and this, by far, has been the most informative book. Indeed, this book gave me the power and knowledge on doing business online from the scratch. I higlhy recommend this book! Really recommend listening this book This is perfect for starters like me. I really need a low capital business and I don't know where to invest my money. But now I have a lot of ways to earn more with the help of patience and this book. very good guide If your looking to have passive income as a 2nd job or go full steam ahead with your online business career, then I highly recommend this book. Well written and easy to follow and grasp the different concepts. This book will guide and teach you the basics of Ecommerce you from A-Z, and will be staying in my Kindle for a long time.

Managed Services in a Month Audiobook by Karl W. Palachuk

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Karl W. Palachuk) — Tue, 16 Jun 2015 09:20:16 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Managed Services in a Month Subtitle: Build a Successful IT Service Business in 30 Days, 2nd Ed. Author: Karl W. Palachuk Narrator: Janice Angela Burt Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs Language: English Release date: 06-16-15 Publisher: Great Little Book Publishing Co., Inc Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 73 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Managed Services in a Month is a no-nonsense guide to building a successful managed services practice. Whether you are just starting out or converting your existing break/fix technology consulting business to managed services, this audiobook will show you the way. The newly revised and expanded second edition has nine new chapters covering the latest products and services available today, including cloud technologies. Karl Palachuk makes it very clear that managed services is the business model of the future. Managed Services in a Month is very practical and straight to the point. Karl shows you how to transform your business step by step. And yes, you can really do it in one month! Karl W. Palachuk is the author of 10 books, including The Network Documentation Workbook, Service Agreements for SMB Consultants - A Quick-Start Guide to Managed Services, and The Network Migration Workbook. He is also the author of the most popular blog on managed services. Karl ran a consulting business for 17 years and is now the senior systems engineer at America's Tech Support. He provides technical support to small and medium-size businesses in North America. In that role Karl provides business consulting services and CEO-level training on technical topics. Members Reviews: Blueprint to starting a managed services business. First and foremost, a huge thank you to the author for putting this great plan out there for people looking to either start a managed services business, or to transform an existing managed services business. It gives people an opportunity to start something great -- thank you! I found myself entrenched in the content, plan and overall vision of what is described in here. it truly is a blueprint to starting or reviving a runaway managed services company. If you have the desire to run a successful managed services business, this book is a must have. I will listen to this book until the information is branded in my subconscious, and its concepts become my reality. Perfection. Very Helpful Getting started as a MSP is quite the large task. With this book, you will learn the ins and outs of starting a MSP business and how to operate it using the authors best practices. Now that I've seen the author's name, I am finding he's quite active in the computer service industry. Who knew? This is definitely worth the read if you are thinking about starting this type of business or you're still beginning. Audible 20 Review Sweepstakes Entry nice over alll the help is good. but the voice of the reader is not. it is an overview

Bitcoin Mining Audiobook by IntroBooks

biacuaduc@gmail.com (IntroBooks) — Tue, 18 Jul 2017 00:40:40 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Bitcoin Mining Author: IntroBooks Narrator: Andrea Giordani Format: Unabridged Length: 38 mins Language: English Release date: 07-18-17 Publisher: IntroBooks Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Bitcoin is entirely a new idea, and it seems to be here to stay. It is not like any other thing that the world had seen in a very long time. In bitcoin, you will have access to one of the most inexpensive and fastest means of money transfer across international barriers. Via bitcoin, revolution has been birthed in commerce and the modern-day concept of money. The entire idea of bitcoin came to the fore in 2009, when Satoshi Nakamoto published a paper and also made bitcoin available as a free software project. The purpose of this work was to deliver bitcoin to the world as a new and better means of money transfer. He designed it as a system of online value transfer that is in support of a highly prospective Internet currency.

Blockchain: 4-in-1 Bundle Audiobook by Jeff Reed

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jeff Reed) — Thu, 08 Jun 2017 09:10:32 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Blockchain: 4-in-1 Bundle Subtitle: Blockchain, Smart Contracts, Investing in Ethereum, FinTech Author: Jeff Reed Narrator: Jim Donaldson Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 9 mins Language: English Release date: 06-08-17 Publisher: Jeff Reed Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 60 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Learn about the emerging world of financial technology, and what they won't teach you in school. Blockchain technology is the buzzword in the world of computer science, but it won't stay limited there for long. It is the concept that has the financial world scrambling to catch up. Whether you are an investor or a private citizen, Blockchain is going to mean a lot to you in the future, hailed by some as the second coming of the Internet. So what is it? And what can you do to get involved? Blockchain is far more than Bitcoin technology, and even in its infancy, it is taking the world by storm, from major banks to the US Department of Defense. Get in on the disruptive technology and harness its potential today. Members Reviews: great material for advanced research on Blockchain I'm a writer and had an assignment about blockchain and fintech. I would say I've already read a bit of material on the topic and this was a great book to add to my knowledge and brought some weight to my article. Would definitely recommend this for non-beginners looking to beef up their knowledge about the topic. Its like Rod Stewart as narrator Seriously?? Why pick a husky reader. It is a good book, reader ruined the audible! Brutal writing; little to no content Little to no useful detail. Blockchain propaganda is the only way I can think to describe this. The entire length would be reduced by 75% if you removed the phrase "blockchain technology" from the script. Useful and easy to understand. Everything is easy to understand and I think this can be helpful for beginners but also for People who are already familiar with this Topic.\ HIGHLY RECOMMEND IT!!! Blockchain Domain If you are someone who wants to learn about Blockchain technology, this is the perfect book for you. The author has done a great job to cover all the important aspect of Blockchain technology, including its history and how Blockchain tehnology will be used in Future. In nutshell, precise and direct! The author had made it better but it is simply good.

The Little Book of Gold Audiobook by Erik Hanberg

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Erik Hanberg) — Tue, 13 Nov 2012 20:45:07 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Little Book of Gold Subtitle: Fundraising for Small (and Very Small) Nonprofits Author: Erik Hanberg Narrator: Erik Hanberg Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 17 mins Language: English Release date: 11-13-12 Publisher: Erik Hanberg Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 37 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The Little Book of Gold is dedicated to helping small (and very small) nonprofits unlock their fundraising potential. Avoid common pitfalls and get tips on proven methods that work. This short guide helps new executive directors, active board chairs, and other key staff in charge of fundraising to learn the basics of professional and sustainable fundraising. The Little Book of Gold is geared specifically for nonprofits with small and very small budgets (from a few hundred thousand dollars a year down to the smallest budgets). Members Reviews: Love the book - can't get the downloads What made the experience of listening to The Little Book of Gold the most enjoyable? I really enjoyed the pace and the content. Thank you! What was one of the most memorable moments of The Little Book of Gold? Overall I think the book has content I can implement. The AH-HA was early - spend time asking in person! What did you like about the performance? What did you dislike? Neutral on this subject Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting? No - too much to absorb for me in one sitting. Any additional comments? I purchased this from Audible, so when I went to the downloads page, I don't know what the password is because I don't have a hard copy of the book to see the glossary. Very Informative and practical Love this book! Only complaint is that it didnt include much for religious non-profits which is my world. Other than that, it was helpful and insightful! perfect for small nonprofits - quick and understandable I work for a small nonprofit and also sit on the board of an even smaller nonprofit and I thought this book was an amazing resource to not only show you a roadmap to acquire and cultivate your donors, but it is also a handy reminder even for those who have been in this field for awhile... Quick and easy to understand... he also even provides you with example conversations to have with your board and donors as well as documents on his website Excellent Resource! This is a great book for learning about all types of fundraising. It is well written and clear

Guide to Financial Markets (6th edition) Audiobook by Marc Levinson

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Marc Levinson) — Fri, 24 Jan 2014 16:13:52 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Guide to Financial Markets (6th edition) Subtitle: The Economist Author: Marc Levinson Narrator: Philip Franks Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 39 mins Language: English Release date: 01-24-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 66 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The definitive guide to why different financial markets exist and how they operate. This edition brings the listener right up to speed with the latest developments in financial instruments and provides a clear and incisive guide to this complex world that even those who work in it often find hard to understand. With chapters on the markets that deal with money, foreign exchange, equities, bonds, commodities, financial futures, options, and other derivatives, it looks at why these markets exist, how they work and who trades in them, and it gives a run-down of the factors that affect prices and rates. Business history is littered with disasters that occurred because people involved their firms in financial markets they didn't properly understand. Read this book and you and your company won't be new additions to this list. A fabulous source of reference for anyone wishing to understand financial markets - there is no better guide. Members Reviews: This sharpened my understanding I have an informal self-education in this topic. I have, for example, a basic ready definition of what a money market fund is, and how a mutual fund works. This refreshes these basic understandings across the full range of markets, and sharpens them nicely. Alongside definitions we get well-chosen bits of background and history where appropriate. It moves briskly and held my attention well. Great reference book This book is fantastic for the breadth of material it covers. It does not cover any one subject in enough detail that it could be used as a reference for that particular subject however. For example, if you were interested in learning how to invest in bonds, I have would not recommend buying this book and counting on its section on bonds to provide enough information to do so. However, if you are looking to begin learning about financial markets, this book is perfect. It gives clear, easy to follow introductory explanations of virtually all securities and markets around the world. Complete, accurate and highly recommended Would you consider the audio edition of Guide to Financial Markets (6th edition) to be better than the print version? The topic is complex with plenty of financial data and having financial data. This title would greatly benefit from having a reference guide along side printing, for example, the contract definition of a oil future and its formula to calculate tick value. The books is an excellent reference material which is less valuable in audio as opposed to a text book that could be annotated and pages could be flipped more easily. Having that said. it is still an excellent reminder since is was well above 20 years since I left the business school.

Whiskey Business Audiobook by Tom Acitelli

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tom Acitelli) — Thu, 01 Jun 2017 21:36:59 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Whiskey Business Subtitle: How Small-Batch Distillers Are Transforming American Spirits Author: Tom Acitelli Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 32 mins Language: English Release date: 06-01-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Discover the underdog story of the improbable rise of small-batch distilling in America. This bracingly written, fast-paced work traces the relationship of Americans to spirits such as bourbon, scotch, vodka, gin, and rum. And it presents the full story of a plucky band of entrepreneurs who disrupted the nation's conception of how those libations could appear and taste - and how much they could cost. Tom Acitelli weaves the unlikely triumph of the small-batch distilling movement into other major trends, including a neo-Prohibitionism that nearly croaked the entire thing, America's re-embrace of cocktails, and the twin rises of craft beer and fine wine. He also expertly delves into the controversies currently wracking American spirits, ones that threaten to tank the movement at the moment of what should be its greatest triumph. Critic Reviews: "Tom Acitelli cuts through the myths and outright falsehoods about craft distilling with a compelling, comprehensive account of the industry's earliest days, and its eventual emergence as a revolutionary force in America's changing culinary tastes." (Clay Risen, author of American Whiskey, Bourbon & Rye) Members Reviews: Itâs alright but itâs kind of fluffy Itâs pretty fluffy. I liked its history, but this didnât really tell much in terms of dynamics just stories. Not what I wanted or expected but good regardless

Blockchain: The Complete Guide to Understanding Blockchain Technology Audiobook by Miles Price

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Miles Price) — Thu, 04 Jan 2018 20:35:36 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Blockchain: The Complete Guide to Understanding Blockchain Technology Author: Miles Price Narrator: Matyas J. Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 31 mins Language: English Release date: 01-04-18 Publisher: Miles Price Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Cryptocurrencies might be interesting, and there is even profit to be had if you do your own mining, but this pales in comparison to the numerous ways in which blockchain technology will change the way information is shared across the world. There is no doubt that blockchain technology will become a central part of our lives over the next 10 to 15 years. Soon, you will start to see large financial institutions use the technology to revamp the way that they create and are held to contracts. Blockchain will be massively disruptive for payment processors and credit cards. It is a very real possibility that not too long in the future, a government will adopt blockchain as the underpinning of their official currency. Blockchain has truly moved out of the realm of interesting and into the spotlight as a practical, powerful, and necessary tool to facilitate information sharing in the 21st century. Members Reviews: The best thing about bitcoin is that it is the creation ... Blockchain has been used all over the world and I am not updated about it, I purchase it because I wanted to know how it works, how is the process and what are the advantages that I can get out of it. Bitcoin is the foundation of the digital currencies that people are using right now. The best thing about bitcoin is that it is the creation of the internet world. This book also provided real situations on how to handle or how to resolve your problem about blockchain. I like bitcoin because it has no third party involved in every transactions. I've learned alot from Miles Price! It is all worth the read! Blockchain technology catches my curiosity. I want to know more about this thing and I am thankful I got this book. It is all worth the read. I come to realize how this technology is so timely and beneficial. I never have thought the immense opportunities bitcoins and other cryptocurrencies can offer. This book is indeed an essential guide for you to completely understand what blockchain technology really is. Great read! I've heard so much about Bitcoin, but I really didn't understand a thing about it until I read this book - and I'd never even heard of Blockchain! In this book the information is organized in a logical way thatâs easy to access, read and understand. The book offers insights of using Blockchain as well as what obstacles you might face with it. This book is clear, detailed, and well organized. This book is a practical guide and straight to the point. I highly recommend this book! Thought-provoking piece This is a never-put-forward-before argument that explains what holds us back. I would like to see more evidence that blockchains are being incorporated into the work of more businesses so that it can be the next great cultural revolution. Either way it is worth a read. It highlights advances in blockchain technology to challenge views on societal changes more broadly. Great for starters. The recent surge in Bitcoin prices made me think it was time to catch up with this subject. So I was looking for books on cryptocurrency, bitcoin, litecoin, ethereum, blockchain and the likes. I found this book to be of great value to people who are just starting out like me. I think this will be of great benefit to readers.

The Open Organization Audiobook by Jim Whitehurst

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jim Whitehurst) — Tue, 03 Nov 2015 09:42:39 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Open Organization Subtitle: Igniting Passion and Performance Author: Jim Whitehurst Narrator: James Fouhey Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 11-03-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 82 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Today's leaders know that speed and agility are the keys to any company's success, yet many are frustrated that their organizations can't move fast enough to stay competitive. The typical chain of command is too slow; internal resources are too limited; people are already executing beyond normal expectations. As the pace accelerates, how do you inspire people's energy and creativity? How do you collaborate with customers, vendors, and partners to keep your organization on the cutting edge? What kind of organization matches the speed and complexity that businesses must master - and how do you build that organization? Jim Whitehurst, CEO of Red Hat, one of the world's most revolutionary companies, shows how open principles of management - based on transparency, participation, and community - reinvent the organization for the fast-paced connected era. Whitehurst gives listeners an insider's look into how an open and innovative organizational model works. He shows how to leverage it to build community, respond quickly to opportunities, harness resources and talent both inside and outside the organization, and inspire, motivate, and empower people at all levels to act with accountability. The Open Organization is a must-listen for leaders struggling to adapt their management practices to the values of the digital and social age. Brimming with Whitehurst's personal stories and candid advice for leading an open organization as well as instructive examples from employees and managers at Red Hat and companies such as Google, The Body Shop, and Whole Foods, this audiobook provides the blueprint for reinventing your organization. Members Reviews: Lost interest, pushed through An account of Redhat's CEO learning to become less of a command and control leader. A decent book, but nothing new for me, nor particularly compelling in the tell of the story. Fantastic piece of work.. Fail fast, releas early release often, open source principles and open source way. i have to read this book again and think about all the open things... Great Read A good perspective on getting employees involved. I read this in one day. A lot of companies could pick up some ideas from this book. Great assessment of 21st century organisations. An extremely valid assessment of 21st century organisations and tips how CEOs should run one. Challenges traditional management approaches Excellent book that is full of real life examples and practical advice. It certainly challenges the status quo of management. Quite candid about the difficulties of adapting to this type of approach but would never go back to traditional way.

Gods at War Audiobook by Steven M. Davidoff

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Steven M. Davidoff) — Wed, 25 Nov 2009 17:48:46 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Gods at War Subtitle: Shotgun Takeovers, Regulation by Deal, and the Private Equity Implosion Author: Steven M. Davidoff Narrator: Jay Snyder Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 11-25-09 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 69 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: An engaging exploration of modern-day deals and deal-making, Gods at War details the recent deals and events that have forever changed the world of billion-dollar deals. This book is a whirlwind tour of the players determining the destiny of corporate America, including the government, private equity, strategic buyers, hedge funds, and sovereign wealth funds. It not only examines many of the game-changing takeover events that have occurred in the past years, but also puts them into context and exposes what is really going on behind the scenes on Wall Street. Gods at War completely covers the strategic issues that guide the modern-day deal, and since they unfold under the shadow of the law, it also focuses on the legal aspects of deal-making and takeovers. Filled with in-depth insights that will enhance your understanding of this field, Gods at War offers an engaging look at deals and deal-makers in the context of recent historical events. It's a book for those who want to understand deals, takeovers, and the people and institutions that shape our world. Please Note: this audio references accompanying material that is not included with the purchase of the audiobook. Members Reviews: Private equity, M&A from a historical-legal view This book delivers nicely on its title. The editing sequence was a little odd, inasmuch as we get a lot of history before, some 4/5 of the way through, we go through a flurry of actual laws and regulations. I was fascinated at the perspective of the 2008 meltdown and the responses of Paulsen, Bernanke, Geithner and company as "shotgun takeovers" and "regulation by deal." I see it, from that perspective, as a virtuoso performance by these fellows, given the situation they found themselves in. (Their arguable misfeasance on the way there is a whole different discussion, not in this book.) To think, once upon a time, it was J. P. Morgan who pulled such bravura moves, and we institutionalized that power into public servants. Very interesting stuff. Mr Davidoff should write on these issues again I am already willing for the continuation of this book. I thought this book very instructive and easy reading. love the details and technical explanations Great detail and use of examples to provide context. Chronologically structured to make it easier to follow. Brilliant Was my first audible book and it sure set a high standard, relevant and insightful piece with excellent narration, impressed

The Crash of 2008 and What It Means Audiobook by George Soros

biacuaduc@gmail.com (George Soros) — Mon, 30 Mar 2009 08:42:24 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Crash of 2008 and What It Means Subtitle: The New Paradigm for Financial Markets Author: George Soros Narrator: Grover Gardner Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 40 mins Language: English Release date: 03-30-09 Publisher: Public Affairs Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 134 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The revised and updated edition, The Crash of 2008 and What It Means, contains four new chapters, in which he looks at the depth and breadth of the credit crash and proposes an updated set of policies to confront the global financial crisis. Members Reviews: Difficult I would have preferred a print version as Soros seems to use complex words and phrases when simpler ones would do just fine - and I have been in the investment business for 30 years. Talk about credentials If there ever were an economic or financial "philosopher" with credentials then George Soros is it. At first I didn't realize that who the author was and then it dawned on me that this was the old guy that Bill O'Reilly claims bought Obama's election and has nefarious plans concerning America since he is foriegn born. At any rate it doesn't matter I was a fish on the hook listening to this audiobook. Even the first part where he explains his falacy and bubble theories and other stuff I was fascinated. I listened two or three times to the first two hours just to digest all of the ideas brought forth. I thought Mr. Soros hypotheses were great, and it opened my mind to some new ideologies like cognitive science and how human interaction should be factored into economic models, and evolutionary economics. Look Mr. Soros is reasonable with his assessments and they are all well founded. Also he is right about how market fundamentalism has dunked our country and the world's head down the toilet bowl and given it a swirly. I would reccomend this audiobook to anyone. Bill O'Reilly is wrong about this guy. Pure Gold Explains the essence of what caused the global financial crisis and its likely consequences. I'm not sure when this was released, however, had you read this book and listened to commentary by Warren Buffett in say June 2008 you would have fearlessly ventured into the stock market while others were fleeing and might have made a lot of money. Highly technical and containing some philosophical and scientific view points on markets it it is a primer on the financial crisis and is a must read. Again it is not simply written and in some parts assumes a basic knowledge of finance, for example, in one chapter Soros says "CDS's are a convenient way to short bonds" or "going short stocks carries limited upside but unlimited risk on the downside". That this book has prescribed a new paradigm for financial markets, I am not sure - there are more stringent lending standards for sure and more austerity practiced by all participants however to say that these will prove to be longlasting is a bet I would not want to take. don't expect layman language technical, not for a high school skill level of reading. I feel that the book is good, but I thought it was layman language based on the book's tittle. A Different Take on the Crash I came to this book with a preconcieved notion about who George Soros is and what he is trying to say. I listened to the book for the discipline and to learn something new. This is a well written and wonderfully read book for those who like Soros and for those who distrust him as well. I am glad that I read him for myself and no longer need to rely on the rants of others to inform me concerning his views. I particularly found his thoughts concerning reflexivity compelling.

Stuffed and Starved Audiobook by Raj Patel

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Raj Patel) — Wed, 24 Jan 2018 21:10:57 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Stuffed and Starved Subtitle: The Hidden Battle for the World Food System Author: Raj Patel Narrator: Nigel Patterson Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 47 mins Language: English Release date: 01-24-18 Publisher: Tantor Audio Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: It's a perverse fact of modern life: There are more starving people in the world than ever before, while there are also more people who are overweight. To find out how we got to this point and what we can do about it, Raj Patel launched a comprehensive investigation into the global food network. It took him from the colossal supermarkets of California to India's wrecked paddy-fields and Africa's bankrupt coffee farms, while along the way he ate genetically engineered soy beans and dodged flying objects in the protestor-packed streets of South Korea. What he found was shocking, from the false choices given us by supermarkets to a global epidemic of farmer suicides, and real reasons for famine in Asia and Africa. Yet he also found great cause for hope-in international resistance movements working to create a more democratic, sustainable and joyful food system. Going beyond ethical consumerism, Patel explains, from seed to store to plate, the steps to regain control of the global food economy, stop the exploitation of both farmers and consumers, and rebalance global sustenance. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio. Members Reviews: Very thought provoking look at food and who produces genuine food. You probably have no accurate idea about how your food is produced and by whom - - around the world. Michael Pollen changed how we think about food itself in his Omnivore 's Dilemma. Joel Salatin and many others have shown how it should be grown. Now, Patel lays out the economics of the food industry under which both the people who physically do the farming and those who buy food suffer, while all is controlled by a very few corporations that reap the big profits and government agencies that help them do it. Patel argues for a return to the beauty of locally and/or personally grown food (animal and vegetable), it's loving preparation in the kitchen, and it's return to being a means of gathering family and community together. We need to slow down a bit. When you learn the true costs of the food you are eating I hope you might rethink some of your choices. Stuffed and Starved is not long - - and well worth your time to read it. One of the most important books that I have ever read. Highly recommended. Thereâs a medical doctor that has read countless books in nutrition and food politics, this was amazing and a step above much of the other box. Greatly under rated and an important, insightful, and eye-opening read that I suggest anyone moderately curious should go ahead and read it as soon as possible. I was impressed at the range and depths of topics discussed. One of the most important books that I have ever read. Highly recommended. Reclaiming our food rights "Stuffed and Starved" by Raj Patel is an ambitious piece of research and critical analysis of the world food system. As both a seasoned policy analyst and news reporter, Mr. Patel's thinking has been enriched through interactions with farmers, businesspeople, policymakers, and activists in four continents. Sharing his thoughts and experiences in an intelligent, mature and accessible manner, Mr. Patel contends that the corporate dominance of the global food production and distribution system must be challenged at the pain of pushing humanity into an ever more insecure and unsustainable future. Mr.

The Coming Jobs War Audiobook by Jim Clifton

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jim Clifton) — Wed, 14 Nov 2012 01:55:48 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Coming Jobs War Author: Jim Clifton Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 11-14-12 Publisher: Gallup Press Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 48 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Drawing on 75 years of Gallup studies and his own perspective as the company's chairman and CEO, Jim Clifton explains why jobs are the new global currency for leaders. More than peace or money or any other good, the business, government, military, city, and village leaders who can create good jobs will own the future. The problem is that leaders don't know how to create jobs, especially in America. What they should do is recognize that the world is in a war for jobs. It seems that leadership has lost the will to win, especially in America, but this is a competition for our lives. To win, leaders need to compete. Everyone does. The public school system needs to inculcate kids with the knowledge they'll need to compete in the jobs war. The business community needs to double the psychological engagement of workers so that it can compete with cheaper labor. The healthcare system must stop wasting the resources that we need to spend on job competition. Society needs to realize that entrepreneurs, not government, are the source of new jobs and put all its energy behind them. Perhaps most importantly, leaders need to recognize universities, mentors, and especially cities as a supercollider for job creation. If that can be done - and it can be done, leaders have done it before - new good jobs will result. There's not moment to waste: the war has already begun. Members Reviews: Great guiding points! Listened to the audio four times. Like many of the issues and required actions outlined. A must read! Great must read for any parent or civic minded person who cares about the future of the country. All leaders should read this. Based on fact, not fiction, this book on stimulating the economy in the upcoming jobs war is a must-read for all leaders in our country and our world. The information obtained with in this book comes from fact not fiction. If all world leaders read or listened to this book, jobs would not be a scarcity. A Must Read for All Economic Developers Jim Clifton did a great job of laying out what America must do to remain globally competitive. In a concise but forthright manner he presented the problem and laid out the call to action. Anyone who cares about the future of the USA or world, for that matter, must read what Jim has written! Why Why am I being forced to write a review before I can quit the Audible app?

Postcapitalism Audiobook by Paul Mason

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Paul Mason) — Tue, 09 Feb 2016 11:43:00 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Postcapitalism Subtitle: A Guide to Our Future Author: Paul Mason Narrator: Gildart Jackson Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 02-09-16 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 103 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Over the past two centuries or so, capitalism has undergone profound changes - economic cycles that veer from boom to bust - from which it has always emerged transformed and strengthened. Surveying this turbulent history, Paul Mason's Postcapitalism argues that we are on the brink of a change so big and so profound that this time capitalism itself, the immensely complex system within which entire societies function, will mutate into something wholly new. At the heart of this change is information technology, a revolution that is driven by capitalism but, with its tendency to push the value of much of what we make toward zero, has the potential to destroy an economy based on markets, wages, and private ownership. Almost unnoticed in the niches and hollows of the market system, swaths of economic life are beginning to move to a different rhythm. Vast numbers of people are changing how they behave and live, in ways contrary to the current system of state-backed corporate capitalism. And as the terrain changes, new paths open. In this bold and prophetic book, Mason shows how, from the ashes of the crisis, we have the chance to create a more socially just and sustainable economy. Although the dangers ahead are profound, he argues that there is cause for hope. This is the first time in human history in which, equipped with an understanding of what is happening around us, we can predict and shape the future. Members Reviews: some good ideas... there's a decent overview over economic history from a (mostly) Marxian perspective, while also bringing in some other heterodox economic thoughts. In large parts, however, it's mostly the common (correct, but not very new or fruitful) bashing of neoliberalism. There are some good impulses of thought about potential drivers towards a new economic system, but everything remains very blurry there, and there's no strong reason why this "postcapitalism" might not simply be a new variety of capitalism. Stressing the transformative importance of networks and infotech is certainly valid, how things might fall into place or what might or can result from this is less clear. The very determinant voice of the narrator also is not too helpful for deeper clarification - while it's good in order to persuade someone,, the approach should be about presenting causal linkages and clear-cut arguments. It is an inspiring listen, though; and the point about a middle ground between revolutionary overhaul and adjustment visa bits and pieces can't be repeated often enough. interesting until the end very interesting perspective. really liked it until the lay chapter. his analysis is spot on, however his recommendations are too biased towards the green movement. he also seems to discount how far tech will take us to address the problem of global warming. lastly, his trust in government for solutions seems to me a bit overdone, almost as if they are made up of benevolent kings. all that said I do recommend reading this book for all is flaws, it nails the problems we are beginning to face as a society. Disappointing What disappointed you about Postcapitalism? Since I am convinced that capitalism is reaching its sell-by date, I was interested in the author's thoughts on Postcapitalism. What I found was a leftist polemic, stereotypically full of misstatements, one-off examples and disgust for the bad guys.

Forked Audiobook by Saru Jayaraman

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Saru Jayaraman) — Wed, 25 May 2016 12:06:29 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Forked Subtitle: A New Standard for American Dining Author: Saru Jayaraman Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 05-25-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 5 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: A restaurant critic can tell you about the chef. A menu can tell you about the farm-sourced ingredients. Now who's going to tell you about the people preparing your meal? From James Beard Leadership Award winner Saru Jayaraman, Forked is an enlightening examination of what we don't talk about when we talk about restaurants: Is the line cook working through a case of stomach flu because he doesn't get paid sick days? Is the busser not being promoted because he speaks with an accent? Is the server tolerating sexual harassment because tips are her only income? As most corporate restaurants continue to set low standards for worker wages and benefits, a new class of chefs and restaurateurs is working to foster sustainability in their food and their employees. Forked offers an insider's view of the highest - and lowest - scoring restaurants for worker pay and benefits in each sector of the restaurant industry, and with it, a new way of thinking about how and where we eat. Members Reviews: PDF Would you recommend this audiobook to a friend? If so, why? Maybe depends on what they were looking for. If they wanted arguments for what the minimum wage might be increased or why tipping leads to social and economic struggles, yes I would. For how exactly to pull it all off, no I would not. Would you recommend Forked to your friends? Why or why not? see above Which character as performed by Soneela Nankani was your favorite? Narrator was the only character If you could give Forked a new subtitle, what would it be? NA Any additional comments? The PDF file for this particular book is not to be found on the product page unlike what is stated in the book itself. This is somewhat important to reference when the author is detailing what is in a particular graph or table.

Inside Apple Audiobook by Adam Lashinsky

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Adam Lashinsky) — Wed, 25 Jan 2012 18:10:10 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Inside Apple Subtitle: How America's Most Admired - and Secretive - Company Really Works Author: Adam Lashinsky Narrator: Adam Lashinsky Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 01-25-12 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 346 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Audie Award Nominee, Business and Educational, 2013 Inside Apple reveals the secret systems, tactics, and leadership strategies that allowed Steve Jobs and his company to churn out hit after hit and inspire a cult-like following for Apple products. If Apple is Silicon Valley's answer to Willy Wonka's Chocolate Factory, then author Adam Lashinsky provides listeners with a golden ticket to step inside. In this primer on leadership and innovation, the author introduces concepts like the "DRI" (Apple's practice of assigning a Directly Responsible Individual to every task) and the Top 100 (an annual ritual in which 100 up-and-coming executives were tapped, à la Skull Bones, for a secret retreat with company founder Steve Jobs). Based on numerous interviews, the book offers exclusive new information about how Apple innovates, deals with its suppliers, and is handling the transition into the Post Jobs Era. Lashinsky, a senior editor-at-large for Fortune, knows the subject cold: In a 2008 cover story for the magazine, entitled "The Genius Behind Steve: Could Operations Whiz Tim Cook Run The Company Someday?" he predicted that Tim Cook, then an unknown, would eventually succeed Steve Jobs as CEO. While Inside Apple is ostensibly a deep dive into one, unique company (and its ecosystem of suppliers, investors, employees and competitors), the lessons about Jobs, leadership, product design and marketing are universal. They should appeal to anyone hoping to bring some of that Apple magic to their own company, career, or creative endeavor. Members Reviews: Outside Apple? Although the title is Inside Apple, I did not get a good sense of which part of the contents were the inside story of Apple. Most of them to me sounded like a compilation of vast media materials that covered this company over the past 15 or so years. In the same sense, this book is super helpful for people who are new to Apple and want to learn the company in relatively short time (as the author already carefully categorized the press coverage to great degree in chapters). I must mention that the pace of reading was too slow. Perhaps a professional narrator would have been better. the magic of execution Terrific inside look at how Apple gets it done. Beyond the awesome products, its process of building and launching these gems is very unlike the other tech giants. Adam Lashinsky does a great job telling the story in very understandable terms. He has pretty good narrator chops too. great insight made me think throughout the book on how the future can be promising for all who are in business. Narrator sounds like he hates Apple What did you love best about Inside Apple? It was really interesting to see how the company works. And since I've never studied or worked in business, I learned a lot about both how this specific company works and how other companies work. What other book might you compare Inside Apple to and why? This is the first book I've read about business, so I don't have anything to compare it to. How did the narrator detract from the book? He sounds like he hates Apple. I know consonants and measured timing are important when you're reading out loud, but those combined with the way his voice rises and falls in pitch sound worse than artificial -- it sounds snide and judgmental.

Summary of The Inevitable: Understanding the 12 Technological Forces That Will Shape Our Future by

biacuaduc@gmail.com (FlashBooks Book Summaries) — Mon, 06 Jun 2016 11:12:54 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary of The Inevitable: Understanding the 12 Technological Forces That Will Shape Our Future by Kevin Kelly | Book Summary Includes Analysis Author: FlashBooks Book Summaries Narrator: Dean Bokhari Format: Unabridged Length: 36 mins Language: English Release date: 06-06-16 Publisher: FlashBooks Book Summaries Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 43 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: This is a summary of The Inevitable: Understanding the 12 Technological Forces That Will Shape Our Future. Book summary: The Inevitable by Kevin Kelly Original book description: From one of our leading technology thinkers and writers, a guide through the 12 technological imperatives that will shape the next 30 years and transform our lives. Much of what will happen in the next 30 years is inevitable, driven by technological trends that are already in motion. In this fascinating, provocative new book, Kevin Kelly provides an optimistic road map for the future, showing how the coming changes in our lives - from virtual reality in the home to an on-demand economy to artificial intelligence embedded in everything we manufacture - can be understood as the result of a few long-term, accelerating forces. Kelly both describes these deep trends - interacting, cognifying, flowing, screening, accessing, sharing, filtering, remixing, tracking, and questioning - and demonstrates how they overlap and are codependent on one another. These larger forces will completely revolutionize the way we buy, work, learn, and communicate with each other. By understanding and embracing them, says Kelly, it will be easier for us to remain on top of the coming wave of changes and to arrange our day-to-day relationships with technology in ways that bring forth maximum benefits. Kelly's bright, hopeful book will be indispensable to anyone who seeks guidance on where their business, industry, or life is heading - what to invent, where to work, in what to invest, how to better reach customers, and what to begin to put into place - as this new world emerges. Members Reviews: no original thoughts or technologies
We were aware that every hammer would be recited with a chip. I am happy I didn't pay for the whole book.

Tower of Basel Audiobook by Adam LeBor

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Adam LeBor) — Tue, 28 May 2013 17:52:39 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Tower of Basel Subtitle: The Shadowy History of the Secret Bank that Runs the World Author: Adam LeBor Narrator: John Mawson Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 15 mins Language: English Release date: 05-28-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 117 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Tower of Basel is the first investigative history of the worlds most secretive global financial institution. Based on extensive archival research in Switzerland, Britain, and the United States, and in-depth interviews with key decision-makers including Paul Volcker, the former chairman of the US Federal Reserve; Sir Mervyn King, governor of the Bank of England; and former senior Bank for International Settlements managers and officials. Tower of Basel tells the inside story of the Bank for International Settlements (BIS): the central bankers own bank. Created by the governors of the Bank of England and the Reichsbank in 1930, and protected by an international treaty, the BIS and its assets are legally beyond the reach of any government or jurisdiction. The bank is untouchable. Swiss authorities have no jurisdiction over the bank or its premises. The BIS has just 140 customers but made tax-free profits of $1.17 billion in 20112012.Since its creation, the bank has been at the heart of global events but has often gone unnoticed. Under Thomas McKittrick, the banks American president from 19401946, the BIS was open for business throughout the Second World War. The BIS accepted looted Nazi gold, conducted foreign exchange deals for the Reichsbank, and was used by both the Allies and the Axis powers as a secret contact point to keep the channels of international finance open. After 1945 the BIS still behind the scenes for decades provided the necessary technical and administrative support for the trans-European currency project, from the first attempts to harmonize exchange rates in the late 1940s to the launch of the Euro in 2002. It now stands at the center of efforts to build a new global financial and regulatory architecture, once again proving that it has the power to shape the financial rules of our world. Yet despite its pivotal role in the financial and political history of the last century and during the economic current crisis, the BIS has remained largely unknown until now. Members Reviews: Eye opening from a pan European to a global instituting org. The past history was designed by honest ambition but had terrible mistakes to supporting the Nazis from the director, it also shows the fallibility of a republic powerful institution to the need of being more democratic, open and transparent w/ freedom of information in transactions etc. well written amd important book about the BIS excellent content and research has been used in this book. narrator could have avoided the various accents tho', otherwise superb narration. Optional Required Heading Well worth reading. Read with The Federal Reserve Conspiracy by Anthony Sutton. Language accents not helpful. Too much opinion A great read and very informative. A drawback was the all the commentary regarding social consciousness.

The Coming Bond Market Collapse Audiobook by Michael G. Pento

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michael G. Pento) — Mon, 25 Nov 2013 23:23:55 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Coming Bond Market Collapse Subtitle: How to Survive the Demise of the U.S. Debt Market Author: Michael G. Pento Narrator: Noah Michael Levine Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 59 mins Language: English Release date: 11-25-13 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 47 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: A book that is certain to spark controversy within the financial media and throughout the halls of government, The Coming Bond Market Collapse sounds a clarion call to investors, business leaders, and policymakers. Author Michael Pento, a noted adherent of the Austrian school of economics theories, compellingly argues that the United States is fast approaching the end stage of the biggest asset bubble in history. He describes how the bursting of that bubble will trigger a massive interest rate shock that will send the U.S. consumer-driven economy and the U.S. government - now pumped up by massive Treasury debt - into bankruptcy, an event that, in turn, will send violent shockwaves throughout the global economy. Backed by a wealth of historical and economic data, Mr. Pento examines how the policies followed by both the Federal Reserve and private industry have led, inexorably, to the impending disaster, and he exposes alarming parallels between the U.S. and European debt crises. But this book isn't all doom and gloom. A top market analyst who accurately foretold the bursting of the housing bubble in most major print and TV media, Michael Pento also provides well-reasoned solutions that government, industry, and individual investors can take to insulate themselves against the coming crisis. Just as importantly, Mr. Pento delivers proven strategies and tools investors can use to successfully navigate the rocky times ahead and to not only survive the crisis, but capitalize on it. Members Reviews: Nothing new, just a regurgitation of many others What could have made this a 4 or 5-star listening experience for you? The book promises well reasoned solutions for government and strategies for investors to insulate themselves from the coming bond crisis. It's subtitle is how to survive the demise of the US debt market. I bought the book based on this since there are dozens of others that just go over what is wrong, but provide no solutions. But you have to suffer though hours and hours of well known economic history and political opinions to extract nuggets of nominal solutions and strategies. The book would be much more valuable if it reversed this ratio and provided much more on solutions and less on what went wrong. When you finally get to the last fraction of the book on solutions, it is a let down. It starts with a long treaties on the benefits of a free market, greatness of capitalism and personal responsibility, etc in a chapter that is supposed to be about his 8 government solutions. Then the solutions are not actionable - example: Solution 1: "US must let de-leveraging occur" but does not suggest how to do this without destroying the economy and wiping out wealth of the middle class. The solution is simply "let it clear". The rest of the "Solutions" are the same. After ten hours of history, very little depth is given to how to implement the common sense solutions provided. Only broad brush statements like "The Fed must get out of the way", "Balance the budget and cut taxes to 10%", "Don't tax the rich, but cut spending", "Stop Federal Welfare/Education/Roadways", "Reduce unemployment", "De-regulate", etc. with little / no insight on how best to implement.

Cryptocurrency Trading: Strategies & Techniques for Successful Portfolio Management Audiobook

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Keizer Söze) — Thu, 09 Nov 2017 02:09:08 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Cryptocurrency Trading: Strategies & Techniques for Successful Portfolio Management Author: Keizer Söze Narrator: Matyas J. Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 11-09-17 Publisher: Keizer Söze Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Bitcoin and cryptocurrency technologies: Understand what cryptocurrency is, and why you should take advantage of the market now! Tools you need to get started: Understand wallet technology, and learn the differences between hot & cold wallets. Pros & cons of the best hardware wallets. Take your pick: Ledger Nano S or Trezor. Learn where to buy them, and how to use them! If you prefer cash only business: know how to locate Bitcoin ATMs, and learn how to buy or sell bitcoins for cash! Best Crypto trading platforms: Learn what are the best Cryptocurrency trading platforms, and find out which one best suits you. Do not get scammed!: Scamming techniques revealed! + Learn how to avoid online scammers What is pump and dump, how to recognize them, and how to avoid losing your investment. ICO-s & Investment Identification: Learn what are ICO-s, how to recognize the next Bitcoin, and how to start investing early! Strategies and Techniques of how to recognize all criteria that must be considered before investing! Detailed Guide on how to identifying what you are investing! Currency, Platform, or Application? Portfolio Adjustment: How to keep your portfolio profitable at all times! Learn techniques on when you should rebalance your portfolio! Should you hire a specialist? Trusted third party VS DIY: Understand the differences between centralized & decentralized Cryptocurrency trading platforms! Members Reviews: Cryptocurrency technologies The book is about Cryptocurrency Trading.The book describes theTools you need to get started and Understand Wallet Technology, and Learn the differences between Hot & Cold Wallets. I have also learned Pros & Cons of the best Hardware wallets. Thanks to author for wonderful creation.Really this book contains some valuable information.I would recommend this book everyone. I love It. This book is about Cryptocurrency Trading. This book contains well explained and well detailed information about cryptocurrency that are very helpful for anyone who wants to learn more about it. I would recommend this book everyone. Cryptocurrency Trading A excellent book for newbies like me. It explains how it all works. How to go about it and step by step instructions for an excellent result. If you go into something like this without this book you are most likely to fail. I loved reading and learning so much. I recommend reading it and learning. It can make a difference in your life. I was given a review copy and voluntarily review it. I like how this book explains Cryptocurrency This is all about Cryptocurrency. I like how this book explains Cryptocurrency. I learn lots of new things here. It is informative. Disappointing and dull, there are better options available.. As someone fairly new to the cryptocurrency world, I purchased this book to help me better understand trading strategies and portfolio management. However, even with my limited experience I found this book to be rudimentary and not very helpful. There was simply too much focus on the basic elements and platforms associated with trading, and not enough in terms of productive cryptocurrency trading strategies. As the book's bold title proclaims itself to be primarily about cryptocurrency trading, I was somewhat left wanting.

Healthcare Beyond Reform Audiobook by Joe Flower

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Joe Flower) — Fri, 28 Sep 2012 03:19:17 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Healthcare Beyond Reform Subtitle: Doing It Right for Half the Cost Author: Joe Flower Narrator: Joe Flower Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs Language: English Release date: 09-28-12 Publisher: Open Book Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 39 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: There is a real answer for healthcare, and Medicare and its not what youre hearing. Veteran industry insider Joe Flower goes public with the biggest secret in health care: The real solution to health care is already starting to happen if you know where to look. The reform act is just a small part of the picture. In 1980, healthcare took no more of a bite out of the U.S. economy than it did in other developed countries. By 2000, healthcare cost twice as much in the U.S. as in most other developed countries. We can change that. Its not a law of gravity. Flower shows: Healthcare Beyond Reform: Doing It Right For Half The Cost shows you how the system works. It explains how we got here, why we pay so much more than anyone else, and why we dont get what we pay for.Youll learn the five things healthcare can do to turn this around. You will see what some employers are already doing to make that happen, and what patients, families, doctors, and anyone else who cares about healthcare can do to help make it happen.There are only five and we need all five. All of them can be done right now, with the current healthcare system as it is. Members Reviews: A Practical Blue Print for Healthcare Reform The book is a fairly non-partisan look at what is already working and what should be done to lower costs and provide better outcomes. The info is easy to understand and flows in an interesting manner. It;s obvious that Joe Flower is an expert in the field after studying and writing about healthcare for many years. The author has an optimistic view that U.S healthcare consumers can and will get better outcomes and pay less in the future. Yes, but how long will it take, and how much suffering will transpire before that? Even the relatively benign Obamacare is decried as socialized medicine by the right. Onslaught Of Brilliancy In depth, thorough presentation of vast sectors of industry & insightful data mining used to suggest new ideas to reduce costs. The main benefits of reducing healthcare costs is increasing the odds of lower federal taxes and achieving more affordable healthcare insurance premiums for all income levels. This book presents the most logical, cost-effective, quality effective, arsenal of alternatives to best reduce healthcare cost while simultaneously optimizing quality of healthcare.

The Road to Ruin Audiobook by James Rickards

biacuaduc@gmail.com (James Rickards) — Thu, 24 Nov 2016 02:05:21 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Road to Ruin Subtitle: The Global Elites' Secret Plan for the Next Financial Crisis Author: James Rickards Narrator: James Rickards Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 47 mins Language: English Release date: 11-24-16 Publisher: Penguin Books Ltd Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 31 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the unabridged downloadable audiobook of The Road to Ruin, written and read by James Rickards. The best-selling author of The Death of Money on how investors can prepare for the next financial panic - and why it's coming sooner than you think. The global economy has made what seems like an incredible comeback after the financial crisis of 2008. Yet this comeback is artificial. Central banks have propped up markets by keeping interest rates low and the supply of money free-flowing. They won't bail us out again next time. And there will be a next time...soon. In The Road to Ruin, best-selling author James Rickards identifies how governments around the world are secretly preparing an alternative strategy for the next big crisis: a lockdown. Instead of printing money to reliquify markets and prop up assets, governments are preparing to close banks, shut down exchanges and order powerful asset managers not to sell. They're putting provisions in place that will allow them to do so legally. What's more, the global elite has already started making their own preparations, including hoarding cash and hard assets. When the next one comes, it will be the average investor who suffers most - unless he or she heeds Rickards' warning and prepares accordingly. James Rickards is the best-selling author of Currency Wars and The Death of Money. He is a portfolio manager at West Shore Group and an adviser on international economics and financial threats to the Department of Defence and the US intelligence community. He served as facilitator of the first-ever financial war games conducted by the Pentagon. Members Reviews: Almost (but not quite) beyond belief If you could sum up The Road to Ruin in three words, what would they be? Tomorrow's world Today What other book might you compare The Road to Ruin to and why? On the Beach - Neville Shute What about James Rickardss performance did you like? Quietly lucid and easy to listen to Was there a moment in the book that particularly moved you? Well researched and support insights on every page from someone deep inside the world of money and currency (you'll soon discover the difference) I constantly had to remind myself that Ian Fleming's James Bond could not have done a better job - main;t because that was fiction. If you want the history of the banking system it's here Any additional comments? Fascinating. Superb! The Road to Ruin is quite simply a cutting-edge account of the current economic situation, and stands high on several strengths. First of all, it is very readable whilst being sufficiently academic. Financial newcomers may be lost in jargon, but Rickards does not overwhelm the reader. Secondly, it is very well informed. Researched is not the correct word, although Rickards clearly backs his work up with up to date sources, however, it is informed in the sense that Rickards is no industry outsider, quite the opposite. He has served at the highest levels of banking, and converses with the very highest people. Thirdly, it makes sense. Early on, Rickards establishes that Economics, while being a science, is not practiced as such as economists behave like dogmatists, obfuscating information and data that does not hold with their preconceived theories.

Dethroning the King Audiobook by Julie MacIntosh

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Julie MacIntosh) — Tue, 30 Aug 2011 13:19:47 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Dethroning the King Subtitle: The Hostile Takeover of Anheuser-Busch, an American Icon Author: Julie MacIntosh Narrator: Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 57 mins Language: English Release date: 08-30-11 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 95 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: How did InBev, a Belgian company controlled by Brazilians, take over one of America's most beloved brands after barely a whimper of a fight? With timing - and some unexpected help from powerful members of the Busch dynasty, the very family that had run the company for more than a century. In Dethroning the King, Julie MacIntosh, an award-winning financial journalist who led coverage of the takeover for the Financial Times, details how the drama that unfolded at Anheuser-Busch in 2008 went largely unreported as the world tumbled into a global economic crisis second in severity only to the Great Depression. Today, as the dust settles, questions are being asked about how the "King of Beers" was so easily captured by a foreign corporation and whether the company's fall mirrors America's dwindling financial and political dominance. In Dethroning the King, MacIntosh: From the very heart of America's heartland to the European continent to Brazil, Dethroning the King is the ultimate corporate caper and a fascinating case study that's both wide-reaching and profound. Critic Reviews: "MacIntosh... earns extra credit for staying on the Anheuser-InBev case despite considerable macrocosmic distractions.... The author's persistence pays off in her account of the Busch family's searing internecine strife." ( The New York Times) Members Reviews: Good Story but Narration Can be Annoying If you ever wondered how an American icon could get taken over by a company outside the US (more specifically Brazil) then you will find this book very interesting. The author did a very good job in digging up a lot of details that when considered could have kept the company independent. Unfortunately, the author is a woman and made it a point that she was pregnant when writing the story and how she was able to break into the man's world of beer drinking anyway. It should have been clear then as to why the author chose a female narrator. Every person referenced in this book was male so you can imagine what it was like listening to a woman imitate a man's voice. Good Information, difficult chronology. The information in this book is interesting and entertaining. The author certainly did a thorough job on research. However, the chronology was horrible. I had a terrible time figuring out who was CEO, what year it is as the story flipped all over the place. The first half of the book was terribly difficult to follow. The author would switch back and forth from August III to the August IV CEO holders. The narrator did a great job, and difficult pronunciations were handled with ease. Excellent book Any additional comments? I really enjoyed this book and thought the author did an excellent job of telling the story of Anheuser Busch and its takeover by In Bev. In was really more of a story of Busch III and Busch IV with a takeover thrown in by the way. The author did a really good job of developing those two characters, expecially Busch III. In terms of the takeover, I think the author could have focused more on a few key players (Britto, Whitacre and another board member) and developed those characters rather than mention so many people that it was a little hard to keep track.

Treasure Islands Audiobook by Nicholas Shaxson

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Nicholas Shaxson) — Wed, 29 Jun 2011 04:24:43 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Treasure Islands Subtitle: Tax Havens and the Men Who Stole the World Author: Nicholas Shaxson Narrator: Tim Bentinck Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 06-29-11 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 90 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Most people regard tax havens as being relevant only to celebrities, crooks and spivs, and mistakenly believe that the main offshore problems are money laundering and terrorist financing. These are only small parts of the whole picture. The offshore system has been (discreetly) responsible for the greatest-ever shift of wealth from poor to rich. It also undermines our democracies by offering the wealthiest members of society escape routes from tax, financial regulation, and other normal democratic controls. Treasure Islands brilliantly articulates the problem in a completely new way, and exposes the deep corruption that impacts on our daily lives. This is the ugliest chapter in global economic affairs since slavery - and secretive offshore tax havens are at the heart of the trouble. Critic Reviews: "Shaxson combines meticulous research with amusing anecdotes, resulting in a very readable account of the murky world of offshore and a strong moral message that the system needs to be changed." (Financial Times) "Perhaps the most important book published in the UK so far this year." (George Mombiot, The Guardian) "At last, a readable - indeed gripping - book which explains the nuts and bolts of tax havens. More importantly, it lays bare the mechanism that financial capital has been using to stay in charge: capturing government policy-making around the world, shaking off such irritants as democracy and the rule of law, and making sure that suckers like you and me pay for its operators' opulent lifestyles." (Misha Glenny, author of McMafia) Members Reviews: Amazing book on tax havens I learned more things in this book than I typically do in 10 books combined. Shaxson provides an eye-opening account into the seedy, underground world of offshore finance. Most of the stuff Shaxson discusses is not well known in public and is rarely commented on in mainstream media or newspapers. For example, were you aware that the two biggest offshore zones are in fact the United Kingdom and the United States? In fact, the state of Delaware is actually the biggest "offshore" location in the United States. It has more incorporated organizations than anywhere else, and some of the laxest regulation. Just take a quick scan of some of the biggest companies in America and you'll find a majority are incorporated in Delaware (Bank of America for instance, or Sallie Mae, Amazon, Pfizer, etc.) It's too many giant companies to be merely coincidental. The overall picture he paints is both fascinating and frightening, but it seems very possible that something could be done about tax evasion and the looting of poor countries by the rich countries if the main financial centers that aid the businesses in their looting decided to crack down in unison. But for them to ever do that, more people are going to have to understand how the whole system works. It's complicated, but very interesting and Shaxson does a great job explaining every facet of it. As for this audio recording, I'd recommend getting it and listening to it. But be warned that the guy who does the reading does the most bizarre job I've ever listened to here at Audible. There are multiple times during the course of this book where he reads the same sentence over again. Often he'll stop, and start again with noticeable random pauses mid-sentence.

The Curse of Cash Audiobook by Kenneth S. Rogoff

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Kenneth S. Rogoff) — Wed, 07 Sep 2016 04:11:54 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Curse of Cash Author: Kenneth S. Rogoff Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 09-07-16 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The world is drowning in cash - and it's making us poorer and less safe. In The Curse of Cash, Kenneth S. Rogoff makes a persuasive and fascinating case for an idea that until recently would have seemed outlandish: getting rid of most paper money. Even as people in advanced economies are using less paper money, there is more cash in circulation - a record $1.4 trillion in US dollars alone. So what is all that cash being used for? The answer is simple: a large part is feeding tax evasion, corruption, terrorism, the drug trade, human trafficking, and the rest of a massive global underground economy. As Rogoff shows, paper money can also cripple monetary policy. In the aftermath of the recent financial crisis, central banks have been unable to stimulate growth and inflation by cutting interest rates significantly below zero for fear that it would drive investors to abandon treasury bills and stockpile cash. The Curse of Cash offers a plan for phasing out paper money and addresses the issues the transition will pose, ranging from fears about privacy and price stability to the need to provide subsidized debit cards for the poor. Members Reviews: BORING The narration is terrible. Listen to the Ted talk recap if you want to hear everything about this book inside of 10 minutes. Just propaganda More nwo propaganda against personal freedom and liberty a better book is the creature from jeckle island

Linked Audiobook by Albert-Laszlo Barabasi

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Albert-Laszlo Barabasi) — Wed, 27 Nov 2002 15:08:13 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Linked Subtitle: The New Science of Networks Author: Albert-Laszlo Barabasi Narrator: Henry Leyva Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 11-27-02 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 959 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Now, for the first time, a scientist whose own work has transformed the study of "links and nodes" takes us inside the unfolding network revolution. Albert-Laszlo Barabasi traces the fascinating history of connected systems, beginning with mathematician Leonhard Euler's first forays into graph theory in the late 1700s and culminating in biologists' development of cancer drugs based on a new understanding of cellular networks. Combining narrative flare with sparkling insights, Barabasi introduces us to the myriad modern-day "cartographers" mapping networks in a range of scientific disciplines. Aided by powerful computers, they are proving that social networks, corporations, and cells are more similar than they are different. Their discoveries provide an important new perspective on the interconnected world around us. Linked reveals how Google came to be the Internet's most popular search engine, how Vernon Jordan's social network affects the entire American economy, what it would take to bring down a terrorist organization like al Qaeda, and why an obscure finding of Einstein's could change the way we look at the networks in our own lives. Understanding the structure and behavior of networks will forever alter our world, allowing us to design the "perfect" business or stop a disease outbreak before it goes global. Engaging and authoritative, Linked provides an exciting preview of the next century in science. Also available in print from Perseus Publishing. Members Reviews: Network theory for beginners This was, in retrospect, critical for me to listen to. It provides a framework for understanding complex natural systems. Network theory has seen a boom recently and this book by one of the founders of modern day 'scale free network topology' theory lays it out in plain english (except for the name, I guess). Beginning with Euler's theorems he follows through his own research and that of others to construct a picture of how network architecture arises, what factors affect it, and it's strengths and vulnerabilities. The theory is supported with examples of real networks (businesses, hollywood stars, the brain, the internet, and the spread on AIDS). The theories also make sense, there's a real feeling of 'ah-haa' in every chapter as layers of complexity are added on. This seminal work describes the basis of a theroy that will be the starting point for a deeper understanding of the world around us. Slow start, strong finish This is a thorough discussion of network theory. The first part of the book goes into great, and sometimes tedious, detail. If you have the patience to wait for the cake to bake, however, the frosting is quite tasty. The second half of the book is about applications and real-world examples of every sort of network you might imagine and several you probably won't. The reconstruction of complex systems. Reductionism is at the heart of the scientific process, but in the end, we must be able to reconstruct a complex system from its basic components in order to understand its emergent behaviors. Such behaviors frequently go unexplained. The realization that complex systems that appear to be chaotic and random actually follow quite simple laws that is mathematically quantifiable cuts across a multitude of disciplines.

Why Wall Street Matters Audiobook by William D. Cohan

biacuaduc@gmail.com (William D. Cohan) — Tue, 28 Feb 2017 18:53:46 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Why Wall Street Matters Author: William D. Cohan Narrator: Rob Shapiro Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 02-28-17 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 37 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: A timely, counterintuitive defense of Wall Street and the big banks as the invisible - albeit flawed - engines that power our ideas and should be made to work better for all of us. Maybe you think the banks should be broken up and the bankers should be held accountable for the financial crisis in 2008. Maybe you hate the greed of Wall Street but know that it's important to the proper functioning of the world economy. Maybe you don't really understand Wall Street, and phrases such as credit default swap make your eyes glaze over. Maybe you are utterly confused by the fact that after attacking Wall Street mercilessly during his campaign, Donald Trump has surrounded himself with Wall Street veterans. But if you like your smartphone or your widescreen TV, your car or your morning bacon, your pension or your 401(k), then - whether you know it or not - you are a fan of Wall Street. William D. Cohan is no knee-jerk advocate for Wall Street and the big banks. He's one of America's most respected financial journalists and the progressive best-selling author of House of Cards. He has long been critical of the bad behavior that plagued much of Wall Street in the years leading up to the 2008 financial crisis, and because he spent 17 years as an investment banker on Wall Street, he is an expert on its inner workings as well. But in recent years he's become alarmed by the cheap shots and ceaseless vitriol directed at Wall Street's bankers, traders, and executives - the people whose job it is to provide capital to those who need it, the grease that keeps our economy humming. In this brisk, no-nonsense narrative, Cohan reminds us of the good these institutions do - and the dire consequences for us all if the essential role they play in making our lives better is carelessly curtailed. Critic Reviews: "Cohan writes with an insider's knowledge of the workings of Wall Street, a reporter's investigative instincts and a natural storyteller's narrative command." (The New York Times) "[Cohan is] one of our most able financial journalists." (Los Angeles Times) "A former Wall Street man and a talented writer, [Cohan] has the rare gift not only of understanding the fiendishly complicated goings-on, but also of being able to explain them in terms the lay reader can grasp." (The Observer) Members Reviews: An Inch Deep and A Mile Wide This book wasnt for you, but who do you think might enjoy it more? Persons who feat that ultra-liberals might actually decide to do away with Wall Street altogether. Or persons who have no knowledge about what Wall Street does and why it might have some use. What could William D. Cohan have done to make this a more enjoyable book for you? Not only this book very superficial, poorly researched and poorly argued, it's a mile wide and an inch deep. Much of the book makes the author seem like a mouthpiece for Wall Street, rather than an analyst of it. Basically, his contention is that the big banks should not be broken back into commercial and investment banks because customers use the banks currently... as if that were proof that we shouldn't tamper with them. He also argues that it would be complicated to disentangle commercial operations from investment banking. He hates the Volker Rule and much of Dodd-Frank.

Power Profits! Cash Flow Revolution Audiobook by Dan Howe

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dan Howe) — Thu, 18 Jun 2015 00:26:59 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Power Profits! Cash Flow Revolution Subtitle: How to Take Your Vending Machine Business to the Next Level Using the Techniques the Pros Use Author: Dan Howe Narrator: Rich Grimshaw Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 2 mins Language: English Release date: 06-18-15 Publisher: 2nd Empire Media Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Best-selling author and vending expert Dan Howe is back with another book in the Power Profits! series. Power Profits! Cash Flow Revolution digs deep into the subject and science of how to find top-producing locations for your vending machines. You'll learn what to say to prospective location owners and even how to get the endorsement of major charities, which will make your income skyrocket! You'll also learn the well-kept secrets the pros use and discover just what it takes to pull a steady six-figure income from this multibillion-dollar industry! If you are currently a vendor and are looking for new ideas, or if you are considering getting into vending, then you cannot miss a chance to own this information-packed resource. Members Reviews: An excellent information resource for real cash flow! This book contains inside information on how to increase profits and build a very successful vending business. This book comes after the original Power Profits by the same author about how to start up your own vending business. This book teaches you more about how to find the best locations, how to research as a locator and how to market and sell your business to the best locations for the best profitability. There is a lot of really interesting and intriguing information that really gets your attention when you see how you can make it work for you as well. A True Step by Step Guide I downloaded this book because I am looking to go into the vending business. I'm glad I ran across this book, the author did not disappoint. With so much crap on the internet it's refreshing to read a book that provides real life, practical information. This book will be a great resource for me as I move forward with my vending business. Great Information I bought this book because I'm very interested in, bringing multiple streams of income into my life. I have to say I was very impressed with this book. The steps are well written and the book is easy to read. I can't wait to actually give it a try and get my money flowing. I'm so excited about becoming a vending machine owner. Very informative and valuable I bought this soon after I finished the precursor on how to start-up your business. This delves deeper into what differentiates the beginners from the pros. I found the information from the first book so valuable and useful I knew I would not be disappointed with this one. This is to the point and direct, if you want to make it big in this business this straight-forward book will definitely help. Itâs helped me a ton already. Impressed. I've previously read "prequel" to this book, this one starts where the last one left off and I was equally impressed with the tips and ideas in this book. The book and steps are well written and the book is extremely easy to read. It's well-worth the read.

Analytics Audiobook by Daniel Covington

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Daniel Covington) — Fri, 05 Aug 2016 03:26:00 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Analytics Subtitle: Data Science, Data Analysis and Predictive Analytics for Business Author: Daniel Covington Narrator: Martin James Format: Unabridged Length: 5 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 08-05-16 Publisher: Martin James Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 11 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: So many people dream of becoming their own boss or succeeding in their chosen profession, and with the resources available today, more entrepreneurs and professionals are achieving great success! However, success should be defined for the long term. As opportunities start to grow, so does the competition. Getting your business up and running or starting on your career path is one thing, but having a sustainable business or career is another. Many people make the mistake of making plans, but having no follow-through. This is where analytics comes in. Don't you wish you had the power to know what your target consumers are thinking? Don't you want to have a preview of what future trends to expect in the market you are in? Well, this book is just the one you need. This book will teach you, in simple and easy-to-understand terms, how to take advantage of data from your daily operations and make such data a powerful tool that can influence how well your business does over time. The contents of this book are designed to help you use data to your advantage to enhance business outcomes! Here's what this book will teach you: Plus: Members Reviews: It was ok but had a lot of fluff. It was ok but had a lot of fluff. Not the worst book on the subject but not the best either. Repetitive and lacking insight What could have made this a 4 or 5-star listening experience for you? More detail on the subject matter. What didnt you like about Martin Jamess performance? Narration is fine. If you could play editor, what scene or scenes would you have cut from Analytics? All the repetitive fluff about big data, big data will change the world, and its use will increase "a lot". Europe could save 100 billion using big data. US could save another big number. Any additional comments? Really disappointing first use of audible.

Creating a World Without Poverty Audiobook by Muhammad Yunus

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Muhammad Yunus) — Wed, 16 Jan 2008 02:51:51 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Creating a World Without Poverty Subtitle: How Social Business Can Transform Our Lives Author: Muhammad Yunus Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 01-16-08 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 91 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Welcome to the world of social business, where the creative vision of the entrepreneur is applied to today's most serious problems: feeding the poor, housing the homeless, healing the sick, and protecting the planet. Creating a World Without Poverty tells the stories of some of the earliest examples of social businesses, including Yunus' own Grameen Bank. It reveals the next phase in an economic and social revolution that is already underway and in the worldwide effort to eliminate poverty by unleashing the productive energy of every human being. Critic Reviews: "The influential economist and winner of the 2006 Nobel Peace Prize outlines his vision for a new business model that combines the power of free markets with the quest for a more humane world." ( Bookseller) Members Reviews: excellent book A great book to read. I have read authors prevouse book called bankers to poors. Both are insight into todays micro and macro economics. The narratortion of this book is of very bad quality. The reader is not reading the book , he is giving a lecture. He is slow and boring. The prevouse book quality is so good that it feels like you are driving on a smooth road the ipod is in your car and the information is downloaded to your cortex through a cable/DSL modem. This book is something like you are downloading through a 56k old modem. So slooooooooowwww. still worth listening to. could not finish it He spoke too lenghtily on Dannon yogurt. Too many un-necessary details. It felt tedious and boring, I kept saying get to the point. I wanted to learn something, but it was way too tedious for me. I got lost in a million little details. informational but drags on a bit? I'm not sure if it's the narration, the translation, or the writing style of the original author but I felt the book dragged on and on. I learned a lot, really I did, and it inspired me. But I only liked the first few hours. Everything else after that sounds very repetitive (I've been stuck in the middle of the book for a while now and can't finish it). Good on the whole While slow and repetitive at times, this is a good book with an important message about one means of alleviating poverty. I look forward to reading more of Yunus' books and more about him. The narration of this book left something to be desired. The hideous French accent put on for the French characters was mind boggling. Why? And the restarts after an error, without editing out the error, made for an amateurish feel. Still, well worth the listen. Narrator is awful I can't stand listening to Patrick Lawlor's nasal whine for more than two minutes. His voice has no depth and no character at all. It's really horrible that such a great book has been chosen to be narrated by such an awful narrator.

Great by Choice Audiobook by Jim Collins, Morten T Hansen

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jim Collins) — Wed, 07 Dec 2011 07:42:38 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Great by Choice Subtitle: Uncertainty, Chaos and Luck - Why Some Thrive Despite Them All Author: Jim Collins, Morten T Hansen Narrator: Jim Collins Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 12-07-11 Publisher: Random House AudioBooks Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 72 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The New Question. Ten years after the worldwide best seller Good to Great, Jim Collins returns with another ground-breaking work, this time to ask: Why do some companies thrive in uncertainty, even chaos, and others do not? Based on nine years of research, buttressed by rigorous analysis and infused with engaging stories, Collins and his colleague, Morten Hansen, enumerate the principles for building a truly great enterprise in unpredictable, tumultuous, and fast-moving times. The New Study. Great by Choice distinguishes itself from Collins's prior work by its focus not just on performance, but also on the type of unstable environments faced by leaders today. With a team of more than 20 researchers, Collins and Hansen studied companies that rose to greatness - beating their industry indexes by a minimum of 10 times over 15 years - in environments characterized by big forces and rapid shifts that leaders could not predict or control. The research team then contrasted these "10X companies" to a carefully selected set of comparison companies that failed to achieve greatness in similarly extreme environments. The New Findings. The study results were full of provocative surprises. Such as: The authors challenge conventional wisdom with thought-provoking, sticky, and supremely practical concepts. They include 10Xers; the 20 Mile March; Fire Bullets then Cannonballs; Leading above the Death Line; Zoom Out, Then Zoom In; and the SMaC Recipe. Finally, in the last chapter, Collins and Hansen present their most provocative and original analysis: defining, quantifying, and studying the role of luck. The great companies and the leaders who built them were not luckier than the comparisons, but they did get a higher Return on Luck. This book is classic Collins: contrarian, data driven, and uplifting. He and Hansen show convincingly that, even in a chaotic and uncertain world, greatness happens by choice, not by chance. Critic Reviews: "Jim Collins has built a reputation as something of a myth buster... This book is recommended." (Financial World, Dec 2011) "Luck is not a strategy the authors conclude. What determines any organizations success is how it prepares for both good and bad luck. They call this getting a positive return on luck and, if Good to Greats four million-plus sales are anything to go by, this idea will be embedded in corporate speak before you know it." (Philip Delves Broughton, author of What They Teach you At Harvard Business School in Management Today If you want to understand what it takes to run a great company in any circumstances and you admire brilliant analysis and a clear, evocative writing style, then Great By Choice is worth five stars out of five. (James Scouller, People Management) Members Reviews: It's a presentation rather than a reading I was so looking forward to listening to this book. I have read a couple of other Jim Collins books and found them really well researched and well argued. He always presents confronting new ideas. Jim's performance made it really hard for me to listen to. I found his delivery more like a presentation to a large audience in a large auditorium, rather than an intimate reading to one person, me.

The Evolution of Technical Analysis: Financial Prediction from Babylonian Tablets to Bloomberg

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Andrew W. Lo) — Fri, 03 Aug 2012 13:45:50 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Evolution of Technical Analysis: Financial Prediction from Babylonian Tablets to Bloomberg Terminals Author: Andrew W. Lo, Jasmina Hasanhodzic Narrator: Paul Costanzo Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 19 mins Language: English Release date: 08-03-12 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 44 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive history of the evolution of technical analysis from ancient times to the Internet age. Whether driven by mass psychology, fear, or greed of investors, the forces of supply and demand, or a combination, technical analysis has flourished for thousands of years on the outskirts of the financial establishment. In The Evolution of Technical Analysis: Financial Prediction from Babylonian Tablets to Bloomberg Terminals, MIT's Andrew W. Lo details how the charting of past stock prices for the purpose of identifying trends, patterns, strength, and cycles within market data has allowed traders to make informed investment decisions based in logic, rather than on luck. This book: The Evolution of Technical Analysis explores a fascinating history, tracing where technical analysts failed, how they succeeded, and what it all means for today's traders and investors. Members Reviews: Shines in big-picture history and colorful details Considered as a history of finance, along the lines of "The Ascent of Money," this book shines at many moments. The authors have a great eye for moving across a big canvas, yet with telling detail, that provides basic understanding of finance and markets in a developmental way. It teaches a lot of terminology, and gives capsule stories of important persons and their contributions. Those are the best parts, taking up a significant part of this book. I approached this as a skeptic of "technical analysis," previously thinking it mostly a jumble of ad hoc superstitions and rules of thumb, often cloaked in pseudo-scientific jargon, often bent and backfit and rationalized to the actual facts, often avoiding any real rigor or accountability or testability, possibly working sometimes to the detriment of the uniformed and gullible investor. This book did not significantly change my basic opinion. I compliment the authors for keeping a good balance between skepticism and boosterism, and providing in brief summaries some results of studies probing into the matter. This book provided what I wanted, a catalog of the common signatures or forms of this kind of thinking, so I could recognize it (perhaps cloaked) in my own thinking. (After all, erroneous pattern recognition is wired into us, I believe. See "Fooled by Randomness" by Taleb, or any of the better general books on randomness and probability.) I therefore benefitted, in just the way I hoped to. Also, the authors had a tough task, descrilbing a jumble of techniques that spans the gamut from sheer astrology to more respectable forms of inference. Some of the pure descriptions of technical analysis ideas per se, struck me as odd and tedious and sometimes left me rolling my eyes. The book also points ahead to new conventions and schools of thinking, combining some of the best ideas of recent decades, and perhaps indicating new syntheses as successors to the efficient markets hypothesis and other major ideas in academic finance. Some of these new syntheses might in some sense be called forms of "technical analysis." I'm well satisfied. Excellent Quite informative, gave me a broader view of the market I was lacking and encouraged me to look deeper into concepts I had little knowledge of.

Cryptocurrency Trading & Investing: Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency Technologies, Cryptocurrency

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Keizer Söze) — Fri, 17 Nov 2017 07:20:43 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Cryptocurrency Trading & Investing: Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency Technologies, Cryptocurrency Investing, Cryptocurrency Book for Beginners Author: Keizer Söze Narrator: Matyas J. Format: Unabridged Length: 4 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 11-17-17 Publisher: Keizer Söze Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Book 1 - Strategies & Techniques for successful Portfolio Management Understand what Cryptocurrency is, and why you should take advantage of the market Wallet Technology: Learn the differences between Hot & Cold Wallets. Pros & Cons of the best Hardware wallets. Learn where to buy them, and how to use them! Know how to locate Bitcoin ATMs, and learn how to buy or sell Bitcoin for Cash! Learn what are the best Cryptocurrency Trading platforms, and find out which one best suits you, whether you are from United States, Europe, or from the rest of the world. Scamming techniques revealed! Learn how to avoid online scammers. What is pump and dump, how to recognize them, and how to avoid losing your investment Strategies and techniques of how to recognize all criteria that must be considered before investing! Detailed Guide to identify your investing! Currency, Platform, or Application? How to keep your portfolio profitable at all times! Learn techniques on when you should re-balance your portfolio! Should you hire a specialist? Learn what moves the market capitalization, and learn how to recognize market manipulation & long term success! Book 2 - 13 Most successful Cryptocurrencies you should invest In depth analysis of the best cryptocurrencies on the market Learn about the best privacy based coins and how to do company background checks and vetting process. Learning the size of the marketplace and its potential needs and find out about the best platforms for smart contracts. How to differentiate market capitalization, volume, and the value of a coin and learn about the best blockchain based applications. The Importance of marketing strategies, and appearance and technical analysis by volume and historical data. How to recognize market manipulations, and pump & dumps and how to track a road map and future projects plans + Should you pursue investing in ICO-s? Grasp the future of data storage Members Reviews: Great read Fantastic book, interesting and educational at the same time. Highly recommend for anyone interested in cryptocurrency. Useful info but painful to listen to What did you like best about Cryptocurrency Trading & Investing: Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency Technologies, Cryptocurrency Investing, Cryptocurrency Book for Beginners? What did you like least? This was a useful starting point for my entry into crypto trading, I learned a lot, but good GRIEF the performance was painful. The guy's voice (sorry mate) was virtually insufferable and the word arrangement was nonsensical at times. Perhaps this was a translation issue? Was it released first in another language?? How would you have changed the story to make it more enjoyable? N/A Would you be willing to try another one of Matyas J.s performances? NO Was Cryptocurrency Trading & Investing: Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency Technologies, Cryptocurrency Investing, Cryptocurrency Book for Beginners worth the listening time? Only just

The Lords of Creation Audiobook by Fredrick Lewis Allen

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Fredrick Lewis Allen) — Mon, 15 Sep 2014 05:48:58 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Lords of Creation Author: Fredrick Lewis Allen Narrator: William Hope Format: Unabridged Length: 17 hrs and 1 min Language: English Release date: 09-15-14 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 32 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: An acclaimed classic detailing the economic history of America in the late 19th and early 20th centuries and exposing the capitalist giants who changed the world. Frederick Lewis Allens insightful financial history of the United States - from the late 1800s through the stock market collapse of 1929 - remains a seminal work on what brought on Americas worst economic disaster: the Great Depression. In the decades following the Civil War, America entered an era of unprecedented corporate expansion, with ultimate financial power in the hands of a few wealthy industrialists who exploited the capitalist system for everything it was worth. The Rockefellers, Fords, Morgans, and Vanderbilts were the "lords of creation" who, along with like-minded magnates, controlled the economic destiny of the country, unrestrained by regulations or moral imperatives. Through a combination of foresight, ingenuity, ruthlessness, and greed, Americas giants of industry remolded the US economy in their own preferred image. In so doing, they established their absolute power and authority, ensuring that they - and they alone - would control the means of production, transportation, energy, and commerce - thereby setting the stage for the most devastating global financial collapse in history. As Gretchen Morgenson thoughtfully states in her introduction, "It is not immediately clear why the frequency and severity of financial scandals is increasing in the United States. What is clear is that we need to understand the origins of these disasters, as well as the policies and people that bring them on.... While distant actions may seem unrelated to current events, rereading about the past almost always provides surprising insights into the present." Members Reviews: Forgotten mistakes of the past Maybe a bit too much backround on everything. But this is truly an eye opener. Scary how well this bit of history fits into the times at hand. Enlightening If all this is true, then what else is possible? Great info, too much side story sometimes.

China's Disruptors Audiobook by Edward Tse

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Edward Tse) — Tue, 14 Jul 2015 17:34:56 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: China's Disruptors Subtitle: How Alibaba, Xiaomi, TenCent, and Other Companies Are Changing the Rules of Business Author: Edward Tse Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 07-14-15 Publisher: Penguin Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 33 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: In September 2014 Chinese e-commerce giant Alibaba raised $25 billion in the world's biggest-ever initial public offering. Since then millions of investors and managers worldwide have pondered a fundamental question: What's really going on with the new wave of China's disruptors? Alibaba wasn't an outlier - it's one of a rising tide of thriving Chinese companies, mostly but not exclusively in the technology sector. Overnight its founder, Jack Ma, appeared on the same magazine covers as American entrepreneurial icons like Mark Zuckerberg. Ma was quickly followed by the founders of other previously little-known companies, such as Baidu, Tencent, and Xiaomi. Over the past two decades, an unprecedented burst of entrepreneurialism has transformed China's economy from a closed, impoverished, state-run system into a major power in global business. As products in China become more and more sophisticated, and as its companies embrace domestically developed technology, we will increasingly see Chinese goods setting global standards. Meanwhile companies in the rest of the world wonder how they can access the fast-rising incomes of China's 1.3 billion consumers. Members Reviews: Too generic Aside from a couple of interesting segments, the book is full of obvious generic consultant-type comments. Disappointing.

Summary of Capital in the Twenty-First Century by Thomas Piketty | Includes Analysis Audiobook

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Instaread) — Fri, 17 Jun 2016 08:30:33 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary of Capital in the Twenty-First Century by Thomas Piketty | Includes Analysis Author: Instaread Narrator: Dwight Equitz Format: Unabridged Length: 27 mins Language: English Release date: 06-17-16 Publisher: Instaread Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 15 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Summary of Capital in the Twenty-First Century by Thomas Piketty | Includes Analysis Preview: Thomas Piketty's Capital in the Twenty-First Century is a study of inequity, both historically and in the present. The book describes how the concentration of wealth has changed over time. Its central thesis is that return on capital is greater than growth over time, which means that capital and inequality inevitably increase. The book also considers the ways governments might address the increasing concentration of wealth in the future. Many economists have argued that increasing worker productivity in the modern era will inevitably result in reduced inequality. The historical record suggests that this is untrue. For most of history, there has been a huge gap between the rich and poor with no real middle class. That changed in developed countries during the twentieth century for a number of reasons. First, two world wars caused massive shocks to the status quo and resulted in severe losses to many holders of capital. PLEASE NOTE: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book and NOT the original book. Inside this Instaread summary of Capital in the Twenty-First Century: About the Author With Instaread, you can get the key takeaways, summary and analysis of a book in 15 minutes. We read every chapter, identify the key takeaways and analyze them for your convenience. Members Reviews: I'm a sucker for synopsis it fulfilled my expectations and then some. brief but informative. The reader does a good job Who Really Wants to Hear the Truth ? Nicely structured summaries give a clear picture of how money works to create and maintain economic inequality. It interestingly does not pose any practical solutions to what the author describes as a political issue. If money is a political and not an economic issue then a political solution is what would seem to be needed. But none is suggested. Who then will possibly come forward to advance one? Market Capitalism and Economic Rationalism would appear to require a political breaking system, apparently from the beneficiaries of the problem! Guess that's not likely to happen any time soon. It is more than a little disturbing to think that some form of extremism may be the only way out!

God's Bankers Audiobook by Gerald Posner

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Gerald Posner) — Fri, 17 Apr 2015 05:03:27 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: God's Bankers Subtitle: A History of Money and Power at the Vatican Author: Gerald Posner Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Length: 21 hrs and 53 mins Language: English Release date: 04-17-15 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 335 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: A deeply reported, fast-paced exposé of the money and the cardinals-turned-financiers at the heart of the Vatican - the world's biggest, most powerful religious institution - from an acclaimed journalist with "exhaustive research techniques" (The New York Times). From a master chronicler of legal and financial misconduct, a magnificent investigation nine years in the making, this book traces the political intrigue and inner workings of the Catholic Church. Decidedly not about faith, belief in God, or religious doctrine, this audiobook is about the church's accumulation of wealth and its byzantine entanglements with financial markets across the world. Told through 200 years of prelates, bishops, cardinals, and the Popes who oversee it all, Gerald Posner uncovers an eyebrow-raising account of money and power in perhaps the most influential organization in the history of the world. God's Bankers has it all: a rare exposé and an astounding saga marked by poisoned business titans, murdered prosecutors, mysterious deaths of private investigators, and questionable suicides; a carnival of characters from Popes and cardinals, financiers and mobsters, kings and prime ministers; and a set of moral and political circumstances that clarify not only the church's aims and ambitions, but reflect the larger dilemmas of the world's more recent history. And Posner even looks to the future to surmise if Pope Francis can succeed where all his predecessors failed: to overcome the resistance to change in the Vatican's Machiavellian inner court and to rein in the excesses of its seemingly uncontrollable financial quagmire. Part thriller, part financial tell-all, this book shows with extraordinary precision how the Vatican has evolved from a foundation of faith to a corporation of extreme wealth and power. Members Reviews: The book was really good till it wasn't. "God's Bankers" begins with intrigue, and Mr. Posner's descriptions of the Holy See and the tiny nation (thanks to Mussolini, of all people) that surrounds it kept me captivated. For many chapters -- but then I was done. I am certain the author did an incredible amount of research, but he could have cut quite a bit of content to keep the book on track. World War II obviously had a lot of action, and this is the section of the book in which Mr. Posner's loose ends begin to show. He jumps from Italy (but that's a given ... the Vatican is surrounded by Italy) to Germany, then we're in Croatia, next stop is the unified Yugoslavia, and so on. The U.S., Slovenia, France, Switzerland, Austria, the U.K., Spain, Argentina and the rest of South America, Montenegro, Serbia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, and more are present and accounted for as well. Narrator Parks did a great job of pronouncing names with appropriate accents of the multiple languages of these countries, but, as a listener, keeping track of who or what was where and why outweighed the pleasure of listening to the book. Posner also made sure to note all (alleged) incidents of anti-semitism. I realize anti-semitism and World War II readily go hand-in-hand, and I don't doubt the Roman Catholic Church -- popes too -- had its fair share of anti-semites. But the repeated accusations of anti-semitism morphed into a bugaboo.

LLC: The Ultimate Guide to Forming Your LLC in 10 Simple Steps Audiobook by Elliot J. Smith

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Elliot J. Smith) — Tue, 07 Mar 2017 17:57:55 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: LLC: The Ultimate Guide to Forming Your LLC in 10 Simple Steps Author: Elliot J. Smith Narrator: Mike Norgaard Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 21 mins Language: English Release date: 03-07-17 Publisher: Elliot J. Smith Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 20 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The steps to creating your LLC are here in plain English! You know the benefits of having a limited liability company, but you don't know how to get started.... You're not alone! Lots of people know that an LLC is a great business entity for tax benefits and legal protection, but few know the steps to create one. LLC: The Ultimate Guide to Forming Your LLC in 10 Simple Steps will show you exactly how to create your limited liability company for whatever industry you're in. Discover the fundamental elements needed for your new LLC. Here's a look at what you'll learn: Ready to get going? Learn the best practices for starting your own LLC today! Members Reviews: Good. A guide to starting and operating an accounting business, this book provides a step-by-step approach to building, operating, and expanding a viable and profitable business using accounting skills, and offers complete coverage of the small business market! Very informative guide! A book that has great concepts... What did you like best about this story? The contrasts between expenses for having a sole business to having joining. It discusses states duties and government charges. It is anything but difficult to peruse and straightforward. Any additional comments? It gives you data that you most likely didn't realize that you have to think about your business and assessments. In the event that you are beginning a business this is an extraordinary expense rule book to have close by. I thought that it was exceptionally useful. This merits prescribing to others! Steps given are easy to follow. This Ultimate Guide book to forming LLC really helps you as you start your business. It will educate you about taxes, operating agreements and more important and legal things about LLC. Steps given are easy to follow. It is very instructive. Great little book! Four Stars!!! What made the experience of listening to LLC: The Ultimate Guide to Forming Your LLC in 10 Simple Steps the most enjoyable? This book at first helped me in beginning my very own business. I believe that perusing this has been justified, despite all the trouble. What did you like best about this story? If you want to Deal with a good business you have to Learn this book and practice as well as. in this book we can know the policy of liberty and taxes and tariffs. Any additional comments? Great Grab nice to Hear. Reliable source on how to startup an LLC. What did you like best about this story? valuable! It's a decent book and offers a very far reaching view. The book keeps my ideas organized. The chapters are straight to the point and those have helped me to begin professionally, and incredibly smoothly.It gave me a clearer view on what's ahead of me. Which character as performed by Mike Norgaard was your favorite? The performance by Mike Norgaard was nice and Cool. Any additional comments? The author did a truly remarkable book that can aid business minded people like me.

Conozca sus fortalezas 2.0 (Spanish Edition) Audio Libro por Tom Rath

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Tom Rath) — Fri, 11 Nov 2016 09:00:03 GMT

Escuche este audio libro completo gratis en https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> Título: Conozca sus fortalezas 2.0 (Spanish Edition) Autor: Tom Rath Narrador: Gerardo Pratt Formato: Unabridged Duración: 5 hrs and 19 mins Idioma: Español Fecha de publicación: 11-11-16 Editor: Brilliance Audio Calificaciones: 4.5 de 5 de 7 votos Categorías: Business, Commerce & Economy Resumen del editor: ¿TIENE OPORTUNIDADES DE USAR SUS FORTALEZAS TODOS LOS DÍAS? Es posible que no lo haga. Es muy frecuente no explotar nuestros talentos. Desde la cuna hasta el cubículo, dedicamos más tiempo a corregir nuestros defectos que a desarrollar nuestras fortalezas. Para ayudar a que las personas descubran sus talentos, Gallup presentó la primera versión de su evaluación en línea, Conozca sus Fortalezas, en el libro sobre desempeño Ahora, descubra sus fortalezas de 2001. El libro estuvo cinco años en la lista de los más vendidos e inició una conversación global, mientras que Conozca sus Fortalezas ayudó a millones a descubrir sus cinco talentos principales. En Conozca sus Fortalezas 2.0, Gallup da a conocer la versión nueva y mejorada de su popular evaluación, el lenguaje de los 34 talentos y mucho más. Aunque puede leer este libro de una sola vez, lo usará como referencia por décadas. Cargado de cientos de estrategias para que aplique sus fortalezas, este nuevo libro y sitio web complementario cambiarán la manera en que se ve y la manera en que ve al mundo que lo rodea para siempre. Please note: This audiobook is in Spanish. Please note: When you purchase this title, you will be emailed a unique ID that provides access to accompanying online material. Opiniones de los miembros: Amazing Book!!! Wow!! What can I say, one of the best books I have read so far. Amazing things it has teached me and made me learned of myself even more. Thanks to this book I found many positive things of myself, what were my strongest abilities, what were the abilities I didn't knew I had. I also found many of my weaknesses, which made me realize they aren't bad or weaknesses, it means that I need to work on them more to make them strong so they can become positive things in my life and not a struggle. Great book!!!

Day Trading for Beginners Audiobook by Winston J. Duncan

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Winston J. Duncan) — Wed, 13 Apr 2016 00:38:03 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Day Trading for Beginners Subtitle: Day Trading Basics and Day Trading Strategies (Do's and Don'ts and the Small Letters) Author: Winston J. Duncan Narrator: Dave Wright Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 50 mins Language: English Release date: 04-13-16 Publisher: Winston J. Duncan Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Welcome to your first guide on day trading! Have you ever been interested in the stock market? Are you curious as to how it works? Would you like to know how you can trade in stocks and bonds from the comfort of your home? Are you an investor looking for a new way to invest your money? Do you like taking risks with high rewards? If you can answer yes to one of these statements then Day Trading for Beginners is the book for you. Day trading is just one of the many ways to invest in commodities on different stock markets, and this book promises to introduce you to some of the ways you can invest your money wisely. From stocks to currency to options, learn how with day trading, you can invest in all these things and more, while in the comfort of your own home. With Day Trading for Beginners, you shall be introduced to the joys of day trading, and be given a glimpse of what it would be like to jump into the ocean that is the stock market. Whether you are an investor or just a curious soul, this book is sure to leave you wiser about the investment opportunities that there are on the stock market and how to take advantages of them. Day Trading for Beginners promises to give you a walkthrough on the history of exchanges like the NYSE and the NASDAQ and how they have changed in the last 50 years to accommodate new technologies and new styles of trade. In this book, you shall discover the different legislation changes that have been made by the SEC that allowed the NYSE and the NASDAQ to adapt to the growing climate. You shall be introduced to Electronic Communications Networks and find out what the ECNs role in today's stock market. This book shall introduce you to terms that will help you when it comes to your investment. Terms like "trend" and "trend following", "scalping" and "range trading". You will learn about when the best times to trade in a particular commodity are, get tips on how to trade in different commodities, and insights into how and why certain traders fail in their trade objectives. By listening to this book, you will be further educated on what you need to do to start trading in your own home, including the kind of equipment you use. You will be educated on why it is important to have the proper equipment for the job, and why getting sub-standard equipment is bad. You will also find out why it is so important to have a monitor array and a fast Internet connection, and why it is important to have a backup machine for your day trading machine. Day Trading for Beginners is sure to be a valuable asset, especially for those who would like to have a wider understanding of all the things that are possible on the security exchange market. So if you want to learn more about day trading, or you just want to put a bit of extra money in the bank, this book is for you. Members Reviews: this book actually explains candle sticks, the e this book also explains the equipment needed and explains how you get what you sow Solid information but lacks depth It covers the very basics of trading, a lot of which can be found online. However, having all of the information in one place is convenient. I was hoping for more detailed descriptions of different types of day-trading strategies or experiences from the author himself, but none are offered.

Irrational Persistence Audiobook by Dave Zilko

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Dave Zilko) — Tue, 27 Sep 2016 15:29:23 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Irrational Persistence Subtitle: Seven Secrets That Turned a Bankrupt Startup Into a $231,000,000 Business Author: Dave Zilko Narrator: Chris Kayser Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 09-27-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: A modern-day Detroit success story that fuels the entrepreneurial fire. Irrational Persistence tells the story of Garden Fresh Gourmet, and how two entrepreneurs turned a million-dollar debt to a 100-million-dollar annual revenue. Woody Allen famously said that 80 percent of success is just showing up; but any entrepreneur can tell you that it's the other 20 percent that's key. The founders of Garden Fresh took that old saying to heart, building so many strategic advantages into their products and business that their sales team didn't have to do any selling - they simply had to show up. In this book, you'll find out what kind of legwork goes into building a mega-success product, and the strategies, methods, and just plain stubbornness that helped two guys from Detroit build a market leader. Garden Fresh Gourmet is now the number-one fresh salsa in the US, shipping over a million units every week to Costco, Walmart, Whole Foods, and other national chains - and it all began with two middle-aged guys with negative funds and plenty of ideas. This book shares their journey, insight, and passion to help you build a better business and take it to the top. Garden Fresh Gourmet is an inspiration beyond the journey - the way you run things at the top matters, too. Irrational Persistence shows you how to make the tough decisions, live with the sacrifices, and prioritize your values as you build your brand and just keep on going. Members Reviews: Four Stars It was an excellent story about the passion and hard work it takes to start and grow a business. Five Stars loved it! A great business idea that required a lot of community support This story is very familiar: a man determined to make his salsa recipe work at whatever cost did what he felt he needed to go to get his business idea off the ground. He had the financial support from his then girlfriend and now wife, as well as the help from his father to get his business going. But as in so many other success stories for young entrepreneurs, he had the support of other young peole who wanted the product to succeed. This was in Detroit that desperately needed a success story. It took a lot of patience, hard work, and endless hours sacrificing personal time to get the business going. Dave Zilko had to go over $400,000 in debt, a debt that took a while to work around. He partnered with another couple and eventually saw a 50% profit increases, something he knew he couldn't sustain. Major retailer bought his brand and eventually he sold it to Campbell's Soups. It's an inspirational read that doesn't hide the pitfalls and failures. While the story is refreshing, the writing stype is choppy. He writes too many one-sentence paragraphs when multiple sentences are quite fine. It's as if he wants to write a marketing ad for his business.

Invasion of the Profit Snatchers Audiobook by Travis Miller, Jimmy Vee

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Travis Miller) — Mon, 03 Dec 2012 10:06:33 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Invasion of the Profit Snatchers Subtitle: A Practical Guide to Increasing Sales Without Cutting Prices & Protecting Your Dealership from Looters, Moochers & Vendors Gone Wild Author: Travis Miller, Jimmy Vee Narrator: Jimmy Vee, Travis Miller Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 58 mins Language: English Release date: 12-03-12 Publisher: Atlas Press, LLC Ratings: 3 of 5 out of 4 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The invasion is underway. The Profit Snatchers are here to destroy your car business and take your money. The government keeps piling on regulations and red tape. Customers want every car below invoice. The media has convinced the public you're ripping people off-it all makes this business less fun, less rewarding, less fulfilling, less lucrative and less interesting than ever before. Jimmy Vee & Travis Miller have launched a direct assault against the invaders. In Invasion of the Profit Snatchers, the authors call dealers, managers and industry professionals to arms and offer a simple solution to a serious syndrome: stop selling cars at low prices. It's time to think bigger about the impact you can have on the world. It's time to recognize and be rewarded for your true value. It's time to commit to quantum change and stop selling cars at low prices and start offering, marketing and providing something in much greater demand. You can't wait until later to change the direction of tomorrow. It's not too late to turn this industry around. The future of the car business is yours to create. The authors, along with their vast network of like-minded dealers, are here to help In this book, Jim & Travis share their unique methods for transforming your business and building a profitable dealership and an amazing life that is ESP - Enjoyable, Simple & Prosperous. Members Reviews: A sales pitch for their service. An infomercial. What could have made this a 4 or 5-star listening experience for you? This could have been really useful if they gave more useful tips. The book has the feeling of freeware. The talk about the problem, talk about how great they are, give a few tiny tidbits about what you can do, then suggest you contact a RICH advisor to learn more about their services. It would have been much better if they spent much more time about giving specific examples of what dealers did instead of saying "Dealer X says Jimmy and Travis are great". Has Invasion of the Profit Snatchers turned you off from other books in this genre? I paid to listen to a commercial. Would you be willing to try another one of Travis Miller and Jimmy Vee s performances? No. If you could play editor, what scene or scenes would you have cut from Invasion of the Profit Snatchers? Half the chapters could have been cut. I'm not a car dealer and I still found this good I love it when the authors of the ones performing the audiobook. They typically are more passionate, engaging, and enjoyable to listen to since they truly know what they're talking about. This book is no exception. I listened to these guys speak at a marketing conference which led me to this book. I'm not even a car dealer and I found this to be a great resource. I can only imagine how mind blowing this would be for a car dealership. I know a couple of them and will most certainly recommend this book to them.

Basic Economics, Fourth Edition Audiobook by Thomas Sowell

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Thomas Sowell) — Tue, 28 Dec 2010 19:28:22 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Basic Economics, Fourth Edition Subtitle: A Common Sense Guide to the Economy Author: Thomas Sowell Narrator: Tom Weiner Format: Unabridged Length: 23 hrs and 51 mins Language: English Release date: 12-28-10 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 766 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The fourth edition of Basic Economics is both expanded and updated. A new chapter on the history of economics itself has been added, and the implications of that history examined. Among other additions throughout the book, a new section on the special role of corporations in the economy has been added to the chapter on government and big business. Basic Economics, which has now been translated into six foreign languages, has grown so much that a large amount of material previously found in the back of the book has now been put online instead so that neither the book itself nor its price will have to expand. The central idea of Basic Economics, however, remains the same: The fundamental facts and principles of economics do not require jargon, graphs, or equations and can be learned in a relaxed and even enjoyable way. Critic Reviews: Clear and conciseAmong economists of the past 30 years, [Sowell] stands very proud indeed. (Wall Street Journal) Members Reviews: Myth Buster Dr. Sowell presents economics in such clear and concise terms. Concepts, truths and fallacies all made crystal clear by detailed examples from economic history. Economics comes alive in this presentation. The narration was so superb, He could make tax code interesting! This Must-Read will inoculate you against fraud Sowell covers so many economic fallacies (fallacies we have heard propagated daily in the news, for all of our lives), and explains why they are wrong. He uses inventive illustrative scenarios to make clear difficult concepts. He takes you well-past a limited concept or idea, to the full consequences of that idea, and makes the case using real-world historical examples from around the world. This will inoculate you against future fraud for the rest of your life. My only critique: the reader, while clear and understandable, is a bit dry and devoid of expression. Still worth it though. I have "re-read" many chapters since I bought it. Fantastic introduction to economics Thomas Sowell does a fantastic job of explaining economics in simple non-technical terms that anyone can understand. He points out the many misconceptions about economics and helps the reader / listener understand events attributed to economics in a better context. This should be required reading for every high school student. Certainly this offers the level of understanding every voting of our society must have before they can make informed decisions. A lost story........... The "story" of economics, sadly, is not part of the basic education fabric in this country. One would think, a country built on a free-enterprise/captialism model would do a better job of informing it's citizens about what all of that means. Mr Sowell does a fine job of unpacking the baggage, talking about each piece along the way in understandable words and anecdotes, for the "interested" reader. What a great refresher or primer, depending on where you are when you pick it up. Great Summary of Economics! I really enjoyed this book. Thomas Sowell introduces economic concepts that really broadened my understanding of how the economy works. This is narrated very well. Listened to this on trips to work. Highly recommend!!

The Big Data-Driven Business Audiobook by Russell Glass, Sean Callahan

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Russell Glass) — Fri, 13 Feb 2015 14:38:10 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Big Data-Driven Business Subtitle: How to Use Big Data to Win Customers, Beat Competitors, and Boost Profits Author: Russell Glass, Sean Callahan Narrator: A.T. Chandler Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 13 mins Language: English Release date: 02-13-15 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 52 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Get the expert perspective and practical advice on big data. The Big Data-Driven Business: How to Use Big Data to Win Customers, Beat Competitors, and Boost Profits makes the case that big data is for real, and more than just big hype. The audiobook uses real-life examples - from Nate Silver to Copernicus, and Apple to Blackberry - to demonstrate how the winners of the future will use big data to seek the truth. Written by a marketing journalist and the CEO of a multi-million-dollar B2B marketing platform that reaches more than 90% of the U.S. business population, this book is a comprehensive and accessible guide on how to win customers, beat competitors, and boost the bottom line with big data. The marketplace has entered an era where the customer holds all the cards. With unprecedented choice in both the consumer world and the B2B world, it's imperative that businesses gain a greater understanding of their customers and prospects. Big data is the key to this insight, because it provides a comprehensive view of a company's customers - who they are, and who they may be tomorrow. The Big Data-Driven Business is a complete guide to the future of business as seen through the lens of big data, with expert advice on real-world applications. Learn what big data is, and how it will transform the enterprise. Explore why major corporations are betting their companies on marketing technology. Read case studies of big data winners and losers. Discover how to change privacy and security, and remodel marketing. Better information allows for better decisions, better targeting, and better reach. Big data has become an indispensable tool for the most effective marketers in the business, and it's becoming less of a competitive advantage and more like an industry standard. Remaining relevant as the marketplace evolves requires a full understanding and application of big data, and this audiobook provides the practical guidance businesses need. Members Reviews: No practical applications Missed practical applications, very shallow content. Could be more relevant for marketers, not for data analysts. Too marketing Communications focused Not what i was expecting, it seems as it was written by narrow minded people with marcom experience. Did not trigger ideas for my business or anything like that. Would not recommend. Nothing new Good examples, but context isn't anything we didn't know already. It would have been better to go deeper into things. Okay performance, poor content The performer mostly uses a mild tone. It's like a computer reading to you. The content of the book is barely okay. It's good at telling you what the companies are doing. However, it's really bad at explaining how. It tells you that companies analyze data...bla bla bla. It doesn't explain how, though. simply not good enough I'm afraid I listened to the first half of this book asking myself when would the introduction to big data start. Sadly, it felt like a hard sell of big data tools and how big corporations profit from it. I don't need to know how much Google paid for a specific software to know how good big data is. I was expecting an introduction to big data, all I got was a hard sell on big data. great for chapter 1. Not so good for half a book.

Raising the Floor Audiobook by Andy Stern, Lee Kravitz

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Andy Stern) — Tue, 28 Mar 2017 04:26:44 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Raising the Floor Subtitle: How a Universal Basic Income Can Renew Our Economy and Rebuild the American Dream Author: Andy Stern, Lee Kravitz Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs and 14 mins Language: English Release date: 03-28-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 24 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Andy Stern, the former president of the Service Employees International Union (SEIU), spent four years traveling the country and asking economists, futurists, labor leaders, CEOs, investment bankers, entrepreneurs, and political leaders to help envision the US economy 25 to 30 years from now. He vividly reports on people who are analyzing and creating this new economy - such as investment banker Steve Berkenfeld; David Cote, the CEO of Honeywell International; and Andy Grove of Intel. Through these stories, we come to a stark and deeper understanding of the toll technological progress will continue to take on jobs and income and its inevitable effect on tens of millions of people. But there is hope for our economy and future. The foundation of economic prosperity for all Americans, Stern believes, is a universal basic income. The idea of a universal basic income for all Americans is controversial, but American attitudes are shifting. Stern has been a game changer throughout his career, and his next goal is to create a movement that will force the political establishment to take action against something that many on both the right and the left believe is inevitable. Critic Reviews: "[Stern] does a solid job of making his case without waxing too wild-eyed...This is a book eminently worth talking about." (Kirkus) Members Reviews: Narrator should find another job. Is there anything you would change about this book? Change the narrator. What was your reaction to the ending? (No spoilers please!) Couldn't get to the end. Would you be willing to try another one of Chris Sorensens performances? Yes. If another narrator. Do you think Raising the Floor needs a follow-up book? Why or why not? Don't know I couldn't get through it. Any additional comments? This narrator is extremely distracting, to the point that I couldn't even concentrate on the material presented. He sounds like a robot. Every sentence is read like it is the ultimate statement of the entire book, and also ends with drawing out last word. He excessively over-articulates. Very annoying!! Fantastic book, content. Well researched. All. Would you listen to Raising the Floor again? Why? Yes, however, the speaker/reader was really difficult to listen to. too pathetic, so much emphasis on his own performance that it takes away from the book. Reader should not be an artist/performance but the bridge to the listener. And, automatically, you associate the reader to the author to some degree. And I cannot imagine that Andy Stern wants to be associated with this voice/reader... What other book might you compare Raising the Floor to and why? Post Capitalism by Paul Mason. Although coming from a very different angle there are interesting parallels. Did Chris Sorensen do a good job differentiating all the characters? How? No. Didn't like his voice at all! Amazing & Revolutionary Absolutely amazing! An idea who's time has come and will make enormous positive impact for all of humanity. Insightful & I'll definetly share with everyone The book was a bit "wordy", and could be 15% shorter without losing and information and would probably make it a more effective read. But overall a great book and I will recommend it profusely. Insightful I loved it. listen to it and really consider all it has to offer.

Beeronomics Audiobook by Johan Swinnen, Devin Briski

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Johan Swinnen) — Tue, 07 Nov 2017 09:38:03 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Beeronomics Subtitle: How Beer Explains the World Author: Johan Swinnen, Devin Briski Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs and 18 mins Language: English Release date: 11-07-17 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Beeronomics covers world history through the lens of beer, exploring the common role that beer taxation has played throughout and providing context for recognizable brands and consumer trends and tastes. Beeronomics examines key developments that have moved the brewing industry forward. Its most ubiquitous ingredient, hops, was used by the Hanseatic League to establish the export dominance of Hamburg and Bremen in the 16th century. During the late 19th century, bottom-fermentation led to the spread of industrial lager beer. Industrial innovations in bottling, refrigeration, and TV advertising paved the way for the consolidation and market dominance of major macrobreweries like Anheuser Busch in America and Artois Brewery in Belgium during the 20th century. We're now in the era of global integration - one multinational AB InBev, claims 46 percent of all beer profits - but there's a counterrevolution afoot of small, independent craft breweries in America, Belgium and around the world. Beeronomics surveys these trends, giving context to why you see which brands and styles on shelves at your local supermarket or on tap at the nearby pub. Members Reviews: Beeronomics: How Beer Explains the World I love food history; and while I'm not much a fan of beer, I appreciate the revival of the craft beer market and the history behind it. So I thought this would be a really interesting book to read. And while it does contain good facts, I'm afraid I found the actual writing to be somewhat dry and tedious. Beeronomics explains how beer explains the world. At least that's the tagline. And there is a lot of history in this book and especially the history of brewing in Europe is covered. There's some talk of conglomeration of beer brewers (InBev anyone?), and how companies were scooped up to become a powerful encompassing company that controls a good portion of beer brands out there. There's also talk of how different styles like Belgian White Ale came into being and it even touches on the Trappist Monks brewing tradition. As said before though; I found the writing kind of dry. It's like reading a giant textbook where the paragraph drones on and on forever and mentions tons of names and dates. Which is fine if you like that style of history reading. It's just not my particular style; I like a little more immersive with a storyline that isn't just facts. I was also a tad disappointed that the chapter on craft breweries was about some of the larger ones like Sierra Nevada and didn't talk much about the smaller ones that are popping up all over. If you love beer, you love food history (text-book style), or just like general history, this is probably the book for you. But if you're looking for a lighter book about an interesting topic, this one may be a little harder to get through. Review by M. Reynard 2017 The Title Overpromises This is a really well-written book that, unfortunately, falls far short of itâs title. The premise is promising - written by an economist and backed by research (by the author and others) the reader is led to expect a really fundamental presentation of the idea that beer taxes and policy virtually structured the civilized world. Several grand statements are made, such as beer taxes being key to foundation of the British Empire.

The Fix Was On Audiobook by Murray Rothbard

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Murray Rothbard) — Wed, 20 Dec 2017 21:29:28 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Fix Was On Subtitle: The Fed and the Cartelization of the American Banking System Author: Murray Rothbard Narrator: Marcus Freeman Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 12-20-17 Publisher: Listen and Think Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Murray Rothbard discusses:

Money: The Unauthorised Biography Audiobook by Felix Martin

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Felix Martin) — Thu, 05 Sep 2013 10:57:52 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Money: The Unauthorised Biography Author: Felix Martin Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 09-05-13 Publisher: Whole Story Audiobooks Ratings: 2.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Money was one of man's greatest inventions. But we have become its slaves. Money: the Unauthorised Biography unfolds a panoramic secret history and explains the truth about money: what it is, where it comes from, and how it works. Martin believes that the conventional wisdom that today's financial universe evolved from barter, is wrong. Not just wrong, but dangerous. Money will radically rearrange your understanding of the world and shows how money can once again become the most powerful force for freedom we have ever known. Critic Reviews: Combines breadth of scholarship with a wealth of practical experience in tackling the most elusive of economic subjects - the nature of money (John Kay, author of The Truth About Markets) Members Reviews: Informative and sometimes counter-intuitive Interesting and informative book about origins of money and how different the reality is from that promoted by conventional economics. Draws on history, ethnography, economics and sociology (and probably other disciplines) to introduce and explore key concepts around money, banking, debt and more, highlighting the importance of developing accepted means of exchanging assets and debts. Each chapter tackles a different aspect of analysis in its specific historical and social context. Engaging and wide-ranging. Parts of chapters missing Only reached chapter 11 but so far chapter 8, 9 and 10 have been cut short. Whilst the content of the book is good unfortunately I'm unable to enjoy it. Great book about the history of monetary policy Very well researched and written book that works very well as an audio book. Probably the second best book I have read about monetary history and solutions. The best book is the secret science of money. A good window to financial and economic turbulence A good book that has given me an insight to what really is money and why there esteem to recurrent economic turbulence that seem to hit us every now and then. More importantly thought is the attempt at an explanation also of why we don't seem to see the turbulence coming. Felix Martin has done a stellar job but the level of presentation is not commensurate with intellectual magnitude.

Location is (Still) Everything Audiobook by David R. Bell

biacuaduc@gmail.com (David R. Bell) — Tue, 15 Jul 2014 16:10:38 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Location is (Still) Everything Subtitle: The Surprising Influence of the Real World on How We Search, Shop, and Sell in the Virtual One Author: David R. Bell Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 37 mins Language: English Release date: 07-15-14 Publisher: Brilliance Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 10 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: How the physical world around us influences what we buy and consume online by Wharton professor and consumer shopping behavior expert David R. Bell. An audiobook for current and future entrepreneurs, business and economics students, professional investors, and anyone else with a stake or interest in how use of the Internet is likely to evolve. Conventional wisdom holds that the Internet makes the world flat and reduces friction, erasing the impact of the physical world on our buying habits. But Wharton professor and marketing expert David R. Bell argues that the way we use the Internet is largely shaped by the physical world that we inhabit. Anyone can go online and buy a pair of pants - but the likelihood that we would do so depends to a significant degree on where we live. The presence of stores nearby, trendy and friendly neighbors, and local sales taxes play a large role in the decision-making process when it comes to buying online. Location Is (Still) Everything is for anyone who wants to understand the patterns underlying how and why we use the Internet to shop, sell, and search, including entrepreneurs, students, and investors. This audiobook is not only about Internet trends and innovations, but also about fundamental human behavior and the role that the Internet plays in our daily lives. Members Reviews: A must read!!! This book is a must read for everyone in business, whether you sell on-line or not. Not only is it chocked full of expert advice and insights, it's so much fun to read. David Bell's writing style is as captivating as it is educational. I wasn't sure what to expect, but came away a total fan--and learned a great deal in the process. As the overview says: "His unique GRAVITY framework is a powerful and practical tool that uses fundamental human behaviors and location-based conditions to explain how the real and virtual worlds intersect â and what Internet sellers must do in order to succeed." I would add to that, what anyone in business must do to succeed. Want to get ahead on the Internet? Then this excellent book is a must-read! This book provides truly novel insights that demonstrate how who we are as offline consumers (and, importantly, where we are located) affect who we are as online consumers, eloquently encapsulated in the GRAVITY framework, a set of strategies that provide the foundations for one to actively and effectively engage in the digital marketplace. As an educator I will adopt this book as a textbook for my digital marketing class, but the book is equally and especially pertinent to industry practitioners who are looking for clear advice on how to propel their marketing strategies and prosper in the digital world. (The short answer? Location!) Dr. Bell is a master storyteller, doing an extraordinary job distilling rather complex ideas from a host of academic studies into tangible nuggets through the easy-to-remember GRAVITY acronym. I highly recommend the book to educators, industry practitioners, disruptive innovators, and anyone else with an interest in understanding how to leverage the interplay of the offline and online spheres in this rapidly-evolving world. Does a good job "proving" what is already obvious Had high hopes for this one, but was quite let down.

The Fruit Hunters Audiobook by Adam Leith Gollner

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Adam Leith Gollner) — Fri, 20 Jun 2008 01:30:50 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Fruit Hunters Subtitle: A Story of Nature, Adventure, Commerce, and Obsession Author: Adam Leith Gollner Narrator: Stephen Hoye Format: Unabridged Length: 11 hrs and 4 mins Language: English Release date: 06-20-08 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 109 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Listeners will discover why it is that, although countless exotic fruits exist in nature, only several dozen varieties are available in supermarkets. Gollner explores the political machinations of multinational fruit corporations, exposing the hidden alliances between agribusiness and government and what that means for public health. He traces the life of mass-produced fruits - how they are created, grown, and marketed - and he explores the underworld of fruits that are inaccessible, ignored, and even forbidden in the Western world. Gollner draws listeners into a Willy Wonka-like world with mangoes that taste like piña coladas, orange cloudberries, peanut butter fruits, and the miracle fruit that turns everything sour sweet, making lemons taste like lemonade. Peopled with a varied and bizarre cast of characters - from smugglers to explorers to inventors - this extraordinary book unveils the hidden universe of fruit. Critic Reviews: "A rollicking account of the world of fruit and fruit fanatics....Gollner's passion for fruit is infectious, and his fascinating book is a testament to the fact that there is much more to the world of fruit than the bland varieties on our supermarket shelves." (Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: exotic explorers This is a journey all over the world, sampling rare (to Americans) fruit, and meeting the fruit lovers who sometimes seem as exotic and rare and the fruit they collect. Their passion and sacrifice are infectious. The author is quite fond of lists, but each factoid is more entertaining than the next, and he generously provides supplemental information on his web site and on YouTube. The first half of the book revolves around history, botany and travel. The second half is more investigative. Highly entertaining. Interesting world... Stephen Hoyes narration style is absolutely perfect for this book. Top notch!! If you enjoyed; Animal Vegetable, Miracle and even Michael Pollens books, then you will find this enjoyable and eye opening as well. Did you ever wondered why the peaches, plums, apples etc...in your supermarket taste more like dry tennis balls than the sweet nectary goodness you expect? What also makes this book enjoyable are the many interesting and very quirky characters that Adam meets along the way as well as the historical tidbits about fruit. I really enjoyed this book and highly recommend it to foodies. Its a fun and enlightening read (listen). unexpected adventure I bought this book with the idea it would put me to sleep, instead I found a wonderful adventure that I would have loved to gone on. The author touched a cord with me in the quirky quest of fruit hunting. But Gollner or his editor should do some pruning on his next book. I almost didn't make it through the long opening section. Thank you for the armchair trip into a very interesting world. Marj Delicious This book is well narrated, very interesting, entertaining and will make your mouth water. Some of the politics will make you angry as well. I bought a paper copy too because there are so many fruits to go trying to find. Works on several levels. Couldn't finish it First audiobook I simply couldn't finish. Way too much detail and not enough of it was interesting detail. Just piles and piles of minutiae and not a lot to tie them together in a meaningful and interesting way.

The Next Perfect Storm Audiobook by Patrick Bet-David

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Patrick Bet-David) — Thu, 16 Aug 2012 23:11:22 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Next Perfect Storm Author: Patrick Bet-David Narrator: Patrick Bet-David Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 56 mins Language: English Release date: 08-16-12 Publisher: Tico Publishing Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 39 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Do you remember when the average annual return of a ninety-day CD at a bank in October of 1981 was 16.6%? How about the fact that the S&P 500 experienced a minimum annual rate of return of 21% in five consecutive years from 1995 to 1999? And let's not forget how real estate had a record breaking decade in the 2000's with an annual rate of return of 9.27%. Do you ever wonder what the next boom will be? That's exactly what this book is about. Author and visionary entrepreneur Patrick Bet-David explains how five different current conditions have combined to create the next perfect storm in an industry that's been ignored for almost four decades. Members Reviews: Awesome book!! Love it, I went over this book 3 times. I really recommend getting it Thanks Patrick Everyone is trying to make a living, but... What could have made this a 4 or 5-star listening experience for you? Saying something substantive. What could Patrick Bet-David have done to make this a more enjoyable book for you? Providing what the book advertises: The next great trend How could the performance have been better? Performance was fine, the content was non-existent. What character would you cut from The Next Perfect Storm? I would cut the book. Any additional comments? His secret "next great trend" that you will pay 6.00 to hear is: LIFE INSURANCE :) It may be a good field for employment, but "The Next Great Trend (i.e. the personal computer, the internet, etc...), come on.

Sweat Equity Audiobook by Jason Kelly

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jason Kelly) — Thu, 29 Sep 2016 03:07:45 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Sweat Equity Subtitle: Inside the New Economy of Mind and Body Author: Jason Kelly Narrator: Eric Martin Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 30 mins Language: English Release date: 09-29-16 Publisher: Audible Studios Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Go inside the trend that spawned a multi-billion dollar industry for the top five percent. Sweat Equity goes inside the multibillion dollar trend toward endurance sports and fitness to discover who's driving it, who's paying for it, and who's profiting. Bloomberg's Jason Kelly, author of The New Tycoons, profiles the participants, entrepreneurs, and investors at the center of this movement, exploring this phenomenon in which a surge of people - led by the most affluent - are becoming increasingly obsessed with looking and feeling better. Through in-depth looks inside companies and events from New York Road Runners to Tough Mudder and Ironman, Kelly profiles the companies and people aiming to meet the demands of these consumers, and the traits and strategies that made them so successful. In a modern world filled with anxiety, pressure, and competition, people are spending more time and money than ever before to soothe their minds and tone their bodies, sometimes pushing themselves to the most extreme limits. Even as obesity rates hit an all-time high, the most financially successful among us are collectively spending billions each year on apparel, gear, and entry fees. Sweat Equity charts the rise of the movement, through the eyes of competitors and the companies that serve them. Through conversations with businesspeople, many driven by their own fitness obsessions, and first-hand accounts of the sports themselves, Kelly delves into how the movement is taking shape. Understand the social science, physics, and economics of our desire to pursue activities like endurance sports and yoga. Get to know the endurance business's target demographics. Learn how distance running - once a fringe hobby - became a multibillion dollar enterprise fueled by private equity. Understand how different generations pursue fitness, and how fast-growing companies sell to them. The opportunity to run, swim, and crawl in the mud is resonating with more and more of us, as sports once considered extreme become mainstream. As Baby Boomers seek to stay fit and Millennials search for meaning in a hyperconnected world, the demand for the race bib is outstripping supply, even as the cost to participate escalates. Sweat Equity, through the stories of men and women inside the most influential races and companies, goes to the heart of the movement where mind, body, and big money collide. Members Reviews: Business, Fitness, Trends in one book - an excellent read I am reading the kindle version and listening to the audible when I go for a run. I really enjoy the audio version. The prose seems suitable for audio and the narrator has a pleasant speaking voice. The story is very interesting, tracking the fitness trend as it relates to the financial industry. The author touches on trends in fitness and how it affects other products - clothing, food, events (e.g., marathons), charities, etc. He also discusses the behavioral trend - a high percentage of ceo's/execs are into distance competition and how this affects their investment choices; and how that group has traded cigars and steaks for the Ironman competition. I'm pretty sure it's the only book of its kind. Great book for those in the industry Great book for those in the industry, use the industry, that is exercise or want to learn about the business side of the industry.

Trend Following (Updated Edition) Audiobook by Michael W. Covel

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Michael W. Covel) — Mon, 23 May 2016 12:09:24 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Trend Following (Updated Edition) Subtitle: Learn to Make Millions in up or down Markets Author: Michael W. Covel Narrator: Joel Richards Format: Unabridged Length: 24 hrs and 12 mins Language: English Release date: 05-23-16 Publisher: Trend Following Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 77 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Michael Covel is the author of five books, including the international best seller, Trend Following and his investigative narrative, The Complete TurtleTrader. Fascinated by traders that quietly generate spectacular returns, those going against the grain of investment orthodoxy, he has uncovered astonishing insights about how they think, strategize, and execute their systems. His cutting-edge and unorthodox perspectives have garnered international acclaim and have earned him invitations with: China Asset Management Co., Ltd., GIC Private Limited (Singapore sovereign wealth fund), BM&F Bovespa, Managed Funds Association, Bank of China Investment Management, Market Technicians Association. He also has the distinction of interviewing four Nobel Prize winners in economics, including Daniel Kahneman and Harry Markowitz and has been featured by major press, including: The Wall Street Journal, Bloomberg, CCTV, The Straits Times, and Fox Business. Covel's Trend Following podcast now has over 2.5M listens (trendfollowing.com/podcast) and has ranked as high as number two on iTunes. He splits his time across USA and Asia, and sees location independence as our future. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your My Library section along with the audio. Members Reviews: Good case for trend following, nothing actionable Makes a good case for trend following, but no actionable trading lessons. Misleading Length. I am a millennial, an entrepreneur, a creative person. I am not a trader, but I'm interested in trading and have made some mistakes in the past trying to buy and sell stocks or mutual funds. This book seemed like it would explain a simple type of trading, one where you do not need to be a computer programmer or dedicate your life to day trading. I previously have read "The Complete Turtle Trader" and really enjoyed it. It told the story of Richard Dennis in an informative and entertaining way - and then it laid out a set of rules that Richard Dennis used to train his Turtles how to trend follow. It actually had steps you could take to create your own system of trend following, and I was able to implement the rules to earn some real money in the cryptocurrency markets. I then started listening to Michael Covel's podcast, Trend Following Radio. After 5-6 episodes, I decided to buy "Trend Following" on Audible after everyone kept referring to it as a great book. When I saw the length of this audiobook, 24 hours, I was impressed. I started listening to the book on walks, enjoying the stories about the trend followers, hearing about how much money they made in up and down markets. After about 11 hours in, I was excited for the next half of the book where I was certain the author was going to start walking the listener through the different strategies required to become a trend follower. Processes, models, risk & volatility best practices, and position sizing. These are the nuggets I was expecting from the book. Instead, the book ended shortly after and I was extremely disappointed that the next half of the audiobook was 2 hours of side bar quotes that lose their meaning when read one after another for 2 hours straight. Then the next ~10 hours or so was free podcast episodes. The narrator did a really good job, and the stories were great.

The Partnership Audiobook by Charles D. Ellis

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Charles D. Ellis) — Wed, 07 Jan 2009 23:31:37 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Partnership Subtitle: The Making of Goldman Sachs Author: Charles D. Ellis Narrator: Norman Dietz Format: Unabridged Length: 33 hrs and 3 mins Language: English Release date: 01-07-09 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 96 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: As a strategy consultant to Goldman Sachs for more than 30 years, Charles D. Ellis developed close relationships with many of the firm's past and present leaders around the world. In The Partnership he probes deeply into the most important chapters in the firm's history, revealing the key events and decisions that tell the colorful, character-driven story of how Goldman Sachs became what it is today. Starting as a sole proprietorship dealing in commercial paper in the mid-nineteenth century, Goldman Sachs became an innovative underwriter, struggled to survive the crash and Depression, and came out of World War II to complete what was then the single most important transaction in Wall Street's history: Ford Motor Company's IPO. Goldman Sachs overcame a full set of dramatic perils: Penn Central's bankruptcy, Robert Maxwell's abusive frauds, and insider trading scandals. Ellis demonstrates how the firm's core values, intensive recruiting, entrepreneurial creativity, and disciplined risk taking - incorporating technology and hard work - laid the foundations, multiplied the firm's resources and profits, and magnified its power until it became today's Goldman Sachs: one of the most successful business organizations in the world. Critic Reviews: "Lively and engaging" (Publishers Weekly) "Rich with insider lore, as well as the closed-door dramas of partnership clashes." (The New York Times) Members Reviews: All The glory and pageantry of one of those glossy investment junk mail brochures you get and immediately recycle as soon as you sign up for business week. The only difference, is how can one ever recycle 44 hours of their lives?? Some of the history was interesting, but it rapidly degenerated into a meaningless gloss job over a history that is surely so much more interesting. Where are the details of the deals that this bank made. Where is the insight into the vision that directed this bank for ~80? years ?? Where was the crucial background history of what was happening on wall street during this time?? Why did they succeed, when so many others failed? This book reads like a book-length brochure of why you should be investing your valuable bank with all these 'brilliant' 'gifted' investment bankers. Boring and useless! Compare and contrast this awful book with anything by Ian B Stewart, who wrote classics like Den of Thieves (also available on Audible), or Michael Lewis or Roger Lowenstien or Ron Chernow (all available on Audible). These authors certainly have their occasional duds (avoid Disney War, new new thing); nonetheless, they at least demonstrate that at some point they actually took an interview or two. Is it so hard to interview people, to understand what they actually thought, what their fears were, why and how they made the decisions they made. None of these stories appear here. A sad waste of paper (and glossy paper to boot!!). I felt sorry for the poor narrator, probably the only person who had to actually read the whole thing.

FinTech Audiobook by Oscar Flynt

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Oscar Flynt) — Mon, 22 Aug 2016 02:24:44 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: FinTech Subtitle: Understanding Financial Technology and Its Radical Disruption of Modern Finance Author: Oscar Flynt Narrator: Nathan W. Wood Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 5 mins Language: English Release date: 08-22-16 Publisher: SD Publishing Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Finally, a comprehensive guide that clearly explains FinTech and its host of opportunities. Imagine a world where your FICO score is irrelevant. A world where a developing country's economy suddenly booms "overnight". It's a world where you can cash in on one of the biggest investment opportunities since the Internet. That world happens to be financial technology, or FinTech for short. And today, it's rapidly growing and infiltrating most areas of commerce. Funny thing is, FinTech is actually not that new. It's just that right now it's really steaming up and attracting mainstream attention. The only issue is that there's not enough information on it. And the stuff that's out there just isn't that informative. That's why I wrote this guide. It's meant to help you navigate the FinTech waters. When you're finished listening you should have a sound idea of what financial technology is. You'll understand the ins-and-outs, familiarize yourself with the terminology, and possibly get an idea or two of how to capitalize on these breakthrough technologies. Members Reviews: Learn about our future tech! I bought this book for a quick read. Learning the financial tech in this world, and how everything is changing. For better or worse we won't know yet, but rest assured a lot of changes will be coming in the future. Whether it's PayPal, another P2P platform and bitcoins. Just know that the world is always changing and learning about this whether it's purchasing this book or just doing massive research on forums, the smart thing is to educate yourself. Explains about the growing (b2b) business to business sector. Making a lot of processes easier on more companies to get more done without the use of all the middlemenâ. If you want to learn about financial technology and its future then grab a copy of this book Great book cover and understanding advanced financial technologies I don't really know anything about FinTech before reading this guide but this guide helped me understand as a beginner what are the uses and advantages of this financial technology that will be widely used in the future. I think it's important to learn more about these kinds of stuff especially if it is related and can affect our economy and finances. I understood that it has some benefits and advances with online banking in the future which I'm really looking forward. The guide also tackled financial strategies that are going to be important to learn if you are into investing. Overall, I think it satisfied my hunger for knowledge and I can recommend this book to anyone who wants to know more about financial technologies and their systems. It is good to know that FinTech is changing every business into the business world that we have today. Financial Technology (FinTech) is poised to take off in the near future like never before, with numerous start-ups and creative revenue models actively working together to create new services and products that are largely changing the face of global finance. This book is a Comprehensive Guide that clearly explains FinTech and Its host of opportunities.

Seven Bad Ideas Audiobook by Jeff Madrick

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Jeff Madrick) — Tue, 30 Sep 2014 15:09:09 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Seven Bad Ideas Subtitle: How Mainstream Economics Have Damaged America and the World Author: Jeff Madrick Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Length: 7 hrs and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 09-30-14 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 21 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The author of the widely praised Age of Greed now gives us a bold indictment of some of our most accepted economic theories - why theyre wrong, the harm theyve done, and the theories that would vastly improve them. Jeff Madrick, a former columnist for The New York Times, is an economics columnist for Harper's, a regular contributor to The New York Review of Books, and editor of Challenge Magazine. Members Reviews: A rich source of information about economics. The author talks about the errors of American economics, but he knows in a good way that this behavior is normal in those activities. The market don't be resoluble without avoiding some failures, and the style of writing of Madrick is very clear about it. The economics authorities cited by him are several, all of a certain importance, and the approach tries to explicate because a policy which is efficient, without being made from "guru", is the one solution. Only if the economists will have such positions because believe in the possibility of success, surely sometimes falling in error, but with a certain trust in the mathematics, but also in a correct sociology. A readable and comprehensible review of many of the basic flaws of neoclassical economics. This book is useful and helpful for those of us intent on studying the history of economic ideas in connection with the distribution of wealth and income. There are many variations of economic ideas, but the neoclassical and neo-Keynesian ideas have essentially failed us. Madrick's book provides a useful discussion of many of the ideas that must be reexamined if we are to come to grips with the true causes of growth and decline.. Excellent book This is an eye opening book in light of the 2008 crash, it explains the thinking that lead to it and with the upcoming Trump administration it is a must read. Clear cut neoliberalism debunking Madrick dismantles the fake and anti-scientific neoliberal economics doctrine in clear and simple language. Five Stars Excellent auxiliary text for any college economic course.

50 Economics Ideas You Really Need to Know Audiobook by Edmund Conway

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Edmund Conway) — Thu, 28 Dec 2017 00:14:33 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: 50 Economics Ideas You Really Need to Know Author: Edmund Conway Narrator: Nigel Anthony Format: Unabridged Length: 6 hrs and 43 mins Language: English Release date: 12-28-17 Publisher: Hachette Audio Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 1 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: What exactly is a credit crunch? Why do footballers earn so much more than the rest of us? Which country is likely to be the world's leading economy in 10 years' time? Daily Telegraph economics editor Edmund Conway introduces and explains the central ideas of economics in a series of 50 essays. Beginning with an exploration of the basic theories, such as Adam Smith's "invisible hand", and concluding with the latest research into the links between wealth and happiness, he sheds light on all the essential topics needed to understand booms and busts, bulls and bears, and the way the world really works. Members Reviews: Excellent, Clear, Simple, Well Written- Core points of economics in an easy to read overview. If you are trying to learn about economics there are a few different approaches you can take. First, you can study the classic documents, such as "The Wealth of Nations" (Adam Smith), "The General Theory" (J M Keynes), "The Road to Serfdom" (Hayek), "the Communist Manifesto" (Marx) and a few other seminal texts to gain an understanding of how the modern economic stream of study progressed in the last 3 centuries perhaps right up to current works from Friedman and even Laffer. But that approach is arduous and frankly too technical for most people to care to enage with. The second route is to take a college series of courses, which may run through these same ideas in summary by using texts such as survey books like "The Making of Modern Economics" (Mark Skousen) or other general survey books. But this second route maybe not provide a balanced outlook of the differing perspectives, since professors and writers of individual texts are prone to present support for their own beliefs rather than give a neutral view. The last route left for those of us who aren't trained economists is to read simpler books, written for the public. In that vein, one of the best books I've come across is simply titled "50 Economic Ideas You Really Need To Know". Author Edmund Conway has written a cogent and actually cohesive book that is less disjointed than the title might imply. Beginning with Adam Smith's "invisible hand" doctrine, exploring supply and demand, the Malthusian trap and opportunity cost, Conway guides the reader quickly and clearly through fifty (yes 50!) of the key concepts in economics. After having read several other books (from many of the 3 different approaches I mention above) on economics I found this layman's guide to not only be remarkably accurate and well written but well organized. Economics is often said to be a study of people and their uses of resources, including the decisions they make regarding those resources. Conway starts this book with a more pointed view saying - Economics examines what drives human beings to do what they do, and looks at how they react when faced with difficulties or success.1 This turns out to be an excellent primer to understand how this book is approached and presented.

The Big Pivot Audiobook by Andrew S. Winston

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Andrew S. Winston) — Mon, 14 Nov 2016 22:29:28 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Big Pivot Subtitle: Radically Practical Strategies for a Hotter, Scarcer, and More Open World Author: Andrew S. Winston Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 11 mins Language: English Release date: 11-14-16 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: We live in a fundamentally changed world. It's time for your approach to strategy to change, too. The evidence is all around us. Extreme weather, driven by climate change, is shattering records all over the planet. Our natural resources are in greater demand than ever before as a billion more people enter the global middle class, wanting more of everything. Radical transparency is opening up company operations and supply chains to public scrutiny. This is not some futuristic scenario or model to debate but today's reality. We've passed an economic tipping point. A weakening of the foundations of our planetary infrastructure is costing businesses dearly and putting our society at risk. The mega challenges of climate change, scarcity, and radical transparency threaten our ability to run an expanding global economy and are profoundly changing "business as usual". But they also offer unprecedented opportunities: multitrillion-dollar markets are in play, and the winners of this new game will profit mightily. According to Andrew Winston, best-selling author (Green to Gold) and globally recognized business strategist, the way companies currently operate will not allow them to keep up with the current - and future - rate of change. They need to make the big pivot. In this indispensable new book, Winston provides 10 crucial strategies for leaders and companies ready to move boldly forward and win in this new reality. With concrete advice and tactics and new stories from companies like British Telecom, Diageo, Dow, Ford, Nike, Unilever, Walmart, and many others, The Big Pivot will help you, and all of us, create more resilient businesses and a more prosperous world. This book is the blueprint to get you started. Members Reviews: Kindle version has missing pages - Unreadable I'm only on the first chapter and I keep coming to pages that are a continuation of a page that isn't there. It's not even readable. If I buy a book for Kindle I'd like to know that I'm getting the ENTIRE book. How much do you charge for a book that has half the pages ripped out? Unbelievable. This book was way too expensive for this and Kindle apparently doesn't let you return faulty products. I kind find a place to submit an issue ticket or get my money back. What a scam. An Outstanding Guide to the Future of Business Andrew Winston's book is ambitious, innovative, heretical, and a delight to read! It is a book that every business manager and executive MUST read. "The Big Pivot" puts forward nothing less than a vision and strategy for the future of the business enterprise. After laying the foundation for why we need a different mindset in business, it describes three key pivots that business leaders need to make regarding business vision, valuation and partnering. Each chapter of the book is filled with fascinating new concepts, innovative ideas, great case studies, and especially, a "How to Execute" section that is very practical and understandable. Most of all, the book is a delight to read -- highly readable, humorous, fast-moving, and filled with examples of companies. I think this is his best book, at the very top of books on resilient/sustainable business, and one of the best books out there on business in general.

The Domino Effect Audiobook by E. Russell Braziel

biacuaduc@gmail.com (E. Russell Braziel) — Wed, 08 Jun 2016 00:36:36 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Domino Effect Author: E. Russell Braziel Narrator: Eddie Garvar Format: Unabridged Length: 10 hrs Language: English Release date: 06-08-16 Publisher: NTA Press Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 22 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The shale revolution triggered The Domino Effect, a cascading series of events that has profoundly transformed energy markets, reshaped major related industries and remodeled the global economic and geopolitical landscape. This book presents a unique, integrated perspective on natural gas, crude oil and natural gas liquids that is vital to understanding energy prices, product flows, infrastructure, equity values, and the global energy economy. Innovative analysis provides energy producers, marketers, end users, financiers, and investors with a framework for understanding the tectonic shift in global supply and demand that will continue to drive energy markets for decades to come. The Domino Effect also delivers high-level insights into exploiting the extraordinary investment, trade and career opportunities that will continue to be opened by the shale revolution. Members Reviews: Must Read!!! Having worked in the Energy industry for 18 years, this book is a must read if for no other reason that it presents the facts in an entertaining framework without trying to sell a viewpoint. Great info, but looking for a pdf reference Would you try another book from E. Russell Braziel and/or Eddie Garvar? The author is an expert in the energy field and provides great information for other energy professionals, investors, analysts, or any interested in learning. However, the audiobook references many, many charts, figures, and tables - it would be helpful to have these as a pdf with the audiobook - this is slightly disappointing and why I gave only 3 stars. Add the pdf and its 5 stars!

Small Business Big Money Online Audiobook by Alex Harris

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Alex Harris) — Thu, 02 Jul 2015 14:42:21 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Small Business Big Money Online Subtitle: A Proven System to Optimize eCommerce Websites and Increase Internet Profits Author: Alex Harris Narrator: Paul Colaianni Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 07-02-15 Publisher: Alex Harris Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 26 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Is your eCommerce business stagnant? Do you want to get to the next level and get there quickly? Would you like to be able to triple your leads in under six months? Are you unsure of what your next steps to boost sales should be? The truth of the matter is that it doesn't matter how much traffic you drive to your site if you can't convert it to sales. In this book you will learn the five-step marketing optimization system to scale and grow your bottom line. This proven method is used to increase the percentage of visitors to your site that convert into customers. You will learn to gather intelligence through qualitative insight and quantitative data, and then execute successful split testing to increase sales and leads. Small Business Big Money Online will give you direct, actionable advice and techniques that you can simply apply to your own process, developing your own system along the way. Members Reviews: This Book Is Guaranteed To Show You How Much You Don't Know Whether you are experienced with seo management or just starting out your sure to learn a few new tricks from this program.

How Markets Fail Audiobook by John Cassidy

biacuaduc@gmail.com (John Cassidy) — Tue, 17 Nov 2009 21:53:27 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: How Markets Fail Subtitle: The Logic of Economic Calamities Author: John Cassidy Narrator: Ralph Cosham Format: Unabridged Length: 13 hrs and 15 mins Language: English Release date: 11-17-09 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 418 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: In How Markets Fail, John Cassidy describes the rising influence of what he calls utopian economics, thinking that is blind to how real people act and which denies the many ways an unregulated free market can produce disastrous unintended consequences. He then looks to the leading edge of economic theory - including behavioral economics - to offer a new understanding of the economy, one that casts aside the old assumption that people and firms make decisions purely on the basis of rational self-interest. Taking the global financial crisis and current recession as his starting point, Cassidy explores a world in which everybody is connected and social contagion is the norm. In such an environment, he shows, individual behavioral biases and kinks - such as overconfidence, envy, copy-cat behavior, and myopia - often give rise to troubling macroeconomic phenomena, such as oil-price spikes, CEO greed cycles, and boom-and-bust waves in housing. These are the inevitable outcomes of what Cassidy refers to as "rational irrationality" - self-serving behavior in a modern market setting. Combining on-the-ground reporting, clear explanations of esoteric economic theories, and even a little crystal-ball gazing, Cassidy warns that in today's economic crisis, conforming to antiquated orthodoxies isn't just misguided - it's downright dangerous. How Markets Fail offers a new, enlightening way to understand the force of the irrational in our volatile global econ... Critic Reviews: "[A]n elegant, readable treatise on economics, swathed in current headlines....Cassidy writes with terrific clarity and a finely tuned sense of moral outrage, yielding a superb book." ( Kirkus Reviews) Members Reviews: Way more than I expected I bought this book thinking it would be another book on the current financial crisis; after all, there are so many. I was pleasantly surprised when after a few chapters I realized that this was not at all what the book was about. It does not chronicle the crisis or even how markets have failed catastrophically in the past. Rather it articulates various ways in which free markets can fail to produce efficient outcomes. If you want a history of the current crisis, read "Too Big to Fail" by Andrew Ross Sorkin. It's essentially a blow by blow chronology and a comprehensive one at that. It's worth reading. But this book very skillfully presents a case for how markets are not always the best solution to economic problems. I've learned more from this book than I have from anything I've read in quite a while. I plan to purchase a physical copy and read it again at least once. Three books in one. Both this book and Alan Greenspan's book "Age of Turbulence" have some stories that blend economics with politics. However, this author and Alan have different economic views. If you are new to economics then I recommend reading or listening to Alan's book first since it is an easier read. Both books touch on Adam Smith's "invisible hand" and John Maynard Keynes' idea of government spending during recessions. This book is like reading three books in one. The first four hours covers some economists and how their ideas have influenced economic thinking. The next four hours covers examples like spillovers, the prisoner's dilemma, the market for lemons, and Keynes beauty contest.

Summary of Platform Revolution by Geoffrey Parker, Marshall Van Alstyne, and Sangeet Choudary

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Instaread) — Mon, 22 Aug 2016 14:16:15 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Summary of Platform Revolution by Geoffrey Parker, Marshall Van Alstyne, and Sangeet Choudary Subtitle: Includes Analysis Author: Instaread Narrator: Sam Scholl Format: Unabridged Length: 28 mins Language: English Release date: 08-22-16 Publisher: Instaread Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 16 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Platform Revolution by Geoffrey Parker, Marshall Van Alstyne, and Sangeet Choudary is a comprehensive look at the emergence of platforms as market dominators, their competition against pipeline businesses, and best practices in founding and managing platforms. Platforms connect two types of users in order to exchange something of value. This is different from the traditional pipeline model of business where something of value is created by transferring it from producer to producer with the consumer receiving it at the last step. Platforms are dominating production processes particularly because they reduce the costs of value creation, consumption, and quality control. Platforms serve consumer-facing markets as well as business-to-business markets and can power rapid growth through economies of scale. Each side of the network depends on the other side to be in place in order to function, so a central challenge of any platform is to recruit users on both sides. Please note: This is key takeaways and analysis of the book and not the original book. Members Reviews: Collaboration has it's rewards , I found mine here Both versions are powerful, reading again. I found many applications for the platform I'm building.

Igniting the Invisible Tribe Audiobook by Josh Allan Dykstra

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Josh Allan Dykstra) — Wed, 08 Mar 2017 21:05:04 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: Igniting the Invisible Tribe Subtitle: Designing an Organization That Doesn't Suck Author: Josh Allan Dykstra Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 33 mins Language: English Release date: 03-08-17 Publisher: Josh Allan Dykstra Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 6 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Why is it that so many of us toil away in jobs we hate, being treated like machines, doing things that will eventually ruin the planet? Is this really the best we can do with our work and our lives? Concluding a massive research project spanning the fields of behavioral economics, future trend analysis, and management science, Josh Allan Dykstra elegantly shows how the world of work is evolving - and that the competitive advantage of business is shifting towards something much more life-giving than where we've been. Members Reviews: High Praise for reader Jim Seybert! As an avid audible user, i've discovered one key to my engagement with and learning from a book is the reader. The reader either understands the content and adjusts the delivery to it -- or simply reads and unknowingly misses the authors intent, or worse, distracts from it! Jim Seybert obviously understands the content before reading. I'm drawn in by his style and forget that he is not the author. I feel like he's taking the time to speak directly to me -- as in a conversation. This makes all the difference! The future of business - timeless advice The advice given in not only timely but it's timeless. It's 2018, but this advice will probably serve anyone reading it for the next 10 years easily. Written in plain, no-BS English, author Josh Allan Dykstra paints the sad but honest picture of today's business landscape. Bored, dispassionate workers who don't give a furry rat's fanny about what they do or why they do it. Ultimately, he asks the question, What will you do differently? in order to spark the beginning of change. because without awareness of the problem, change cannot occur. Kind of like the alcoholic who finally admits he has a problem, once we as a nation, or we as a business, admit we have a problem, we can start to fix it. A great business book that's worth a listen, probably more than once. Narrator Jim Seybert is clear and authoritative as always, and a joy to listen to. Highly recommended if you think you might have a problem in your business and you're looking for direction in how to fix it. I was given a copy of this book in exchange for an honest review. Clear perspective and useful ideas If you could sum up Igniting the Invisible Tribe in three words, what would they be? Inciteful, clear perspective. Was this a book you wanted to listen to all in one sitting? No because I wanted to consider the ideas provided in application to my own work style. Then I would return to learn more in a subsequent listen. The book provides a current, realistic view of work teams and environments. Any additional comments? The narration was very well done! I appreciated the easy cadence with emphasis placed appropriately on certain words or phrases. I give high marks when my mind no longer notices the narration but becomes lost in the story or ideas! Great Narrator Quality narration is the cornerstone of a great audio book. Love Jim Seybert! I will be looking for more by him, regardless of the genre. A Foundation for Motivation Would you listen to Igniting the Invisible Tribe again? Why? Yes, I would listen to Igniting the Invisible Tribe again. This is a short audiobook that is packed with a lot of helpful knowledge and insight.

The 21st Century Case for Gold Audiobook by George Gilder

biacuaduc@gmail.com (George Gilder) — Thu, 28 Apr 2016 01:40:39 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The 21st Century Case for Gold Subtitle: A New Information Theory of Money Author: George Gilder Narrator: David Cochran Heath Format: Unabridged Length: 2 hrs and 25 mins Language: English Release date: 04-28-16 Publisher: Blackstone Audio, Inc. Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 8 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: This new book by New York Times best-selling author George Gilder tackles key questions about how monetarism distorts the economy and leads to misallocation of investment. Gilder covers a variety of topics, including Milton Friedman's greatest "error", money supply and velocity, the perils of high-volume trading, Bitcoin and how it mimics gold, and why a gold standard is superior to targeting based on a basket of commodities.

E-Commerce SEO Secrets Audiobook by Harold F. Rich

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Harold F. Rich) — Wed, 13 Sep 2017 23:49:37 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: E-Commerce SEO Secrets Subtitle: How to Create a Stampede of Non-Stop, Ultra-Targeted Traffic to Your Online Store Author: Harold F. Rich Narrator: Mike Norgaard Format: Unabridged Length: 1 hr and 41 mins Language: English Release date: 09-13-17 Publisher: SHARKdigital Ratings: 5 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: I wrote this book for one reason and one reason only: to wake up everybody who is serious about scaling up their e-commerce business by using SEO. This book contains the introduction to my six-step e-commerce SEO formula that I've developed to help e-commerce businesses become more successful and make more money. This formula is backed up by my 20-plus years of online marketing experience and over 10 years of in-depth concentration on e-commerce SEO. The six steps of my proven e-commerce SEO formula will give you all the insights and knowledge to take your e-commerce business to the next level and dramatically increase your traffic and sales by applying proven e-commerce SEO strategies.

The End of Normal Audiobook by James K. Galbraith

biacuaduc@gmail.com (James K. Galbraith) — Thu, 11 Sep 2014 22:15:38 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The End of Normal Subtitle: The Great Crisis and the Future of Growth Author: James K. Galbraith Narrator: L. J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Length: 9 hrs and 27 mins Language: English Release date: 09-11-14 Publisher: Recorded Books Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 25 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: The years since the Great Crisis of 2008 have seen slow growth, high unemployment, falling home values, chronic deficits, a deepening disaster in Europe - and a stale argument between two false solutions, "austerity" on one side and "stimulus" on the other. Both sides and practically all analyses of the crisis so far take for granted that the economic growth from the early 1950s until 2000 - interrupted only by the troubled 1970s - represented a normal performance. From this perspective the crisis was an interruption, caused by bad policy or bad people, and full recovery is to be expected if the cause is corrected. The End of Normal challenges this view. Placing the crisis in perspective, Galbraith argues that the 1970s already ended the age of easy growth. The 1980s and 1990s saw only uneven growth, with rising inequality within and between countries. And the 2000s saw the end even of that - despite frantic efforts to keep growth going with tax cuts, war spending, and financial deregulation. When the crisis finally came, stimulus and automatic stabilization were able to place a floor under economic collapse. But they are not able to bring about a return to high growth and full employment. Today, four factors impede a return to normal. They are the rising costs of real resources, the now-evident futility of military power, the labor-saving consequences of the digital revolution, and the breakdown of law and ethics in the financial sector. The Great Crisis should be seen as a turning point, a barometer of the rise of unstable economic conditions, which should be regarded as the new normal. Policies and institutions going forward should be designed, above all, modestly, to cope with this fact, maintaining conditions for a good life in difficult times. Members Reviews: A well-written if pessimistic critique of contemporary economic discourse This book follows a very similar structure to an essay Galbraith wrote in 2009 in the NEA Higher Education Journal, entitled "Who are these economists, anyway?" If readers enjoyed that article, then they will also enjoy this book. There is much more original material, however, in the book than there is in the essay, and I don't feel short-changed for the overlap. The book is divided into three parts. In the first, he establishes the major deficiencies in the neoclassical economists approach to the economy; namely, the equilibrist assumption of perpetual steady-state growth. He offers as a counterpoint heterodox positions, such as by Dean Baker, Robert Godley, and Hyman Minsky, again mostly comprised of material from the essay already mentioned, and their shortcomings in turn. In the second part, Galbraith offers a reinterpretation of US economic history during the 1950s to the contemporary period, focusing specifically on the role of resource costs, military activity and spending, the labor-savings from the digital revolution, and the financial sector. Discussion of these factors are largely absent from neoclassical models, yet Galbraith demonstrates their relevance to growth processes. In the third part, Galbraith shifts to the current debates in the US concerning debt levels, public spending, austerity, as well as the troubles in Europe from its monetary union.

In the News with Jeff Greenfield at the 92nd Street Y Audiobook by Robert Rubin

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Robert Rubin) — Fri, 14 Apr 2006 01:00:58 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: In the News with Jeff Greenfield at the 92nd Street Y Subtitle: Robert Rubin Author: Robert Rubin Narrator: Jeff Greenfield Format: Original Recording Length: 1 hr and 20 mins Language: English Release date: 04-14-06 Publisher: 92nd Street Y Ratings: 4.5 of 5 out of 3 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Prior to entering the public sector, Rubin spent 26 years at Goldman Sachs. He joined the Clinton administration in 1993, serving in the White House as the first director of the National Economic Council. In 1999, he returned to the private sector as director and chairman of the Executive Committee of Citigroup and is the author of the memoir In an Uncertain World: Tough Choices from Wall Street to Washington. Jeff Greenfield's brilliant analysis of current events and his quick wit make him one of the most trusted names in television journalism and makes this conversation enlightening and entertaining. This event took place on November 16, 2003. Editorial Reviews: The 92nd Street Y has been bringing listeners and audiences some of the most important and entertaining lectures, performances, and concerts for the past 80 years. In this recording, they have brought together the engaging and witty journalist Jeff Greenfield with the former U.S. Treasury Secretary Robert Rubin. Whether you are actively engaged with current economic topics or you want to expand your knowledge of how taxes and economic policies work, this conversation with Greenfield and Rubin makes for an important and entertaining listen.

The Perfect Scent Audiobook by Chandler Burr

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Chandler Burr) — Tue, 08 Apr 2008 14:57:43 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: The Perfect Scent Subtitle: A Year Inside the Perfume Industry in Paris and New York Author: Chandler Burr Narrator: Mel Foster Format: Unabridged Length: 12 hrs and 10 mins Language: English Release date: 04-08-08 Publisher: Tantor Audio Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 198 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: We follow Coty's mating of star power to the marketing of perfume, watching Sex and the City's Parker heading a hugely expensive campaign to launch a scent into the overcrowded celebrity market. Will she match the success of Jennifer Lopez? Does she have the international fan base to drive worldwide sales? In Paris at the elegant Hermès, we see Jean Claude Ellena, his company's new head perfumer, given a challenge: he must create a scent to resuscitate Hermès' perfume business and challenge le monster of the industry, best-selling Chanel No. 5. Will his pilgrimage to a garden on the Nile supply the inspiration he needs? The answer lies in Burr's informative and mesmerizing portrait of some of the extraordinary personalities who envision, design, create, and launch the perfumes that drive their billion-dollar industry. Critic Reviews: "Exhilarating....An unusually grounded depiction of a business built largely on artifice." (Kirkus Reviews) "A thorough and often hilarious account of perfumery's colorful characters, the science and art of fragrance creation and the human experience of scent itself." (Publishers Weekly) Members Reviews: A Thoughtful Book Chandler Burr deviates from his past books and approaches perfume differently in "The Perfect Scent." The New York Times perfume critic teaches the reader so much about scent, human nature, the perfume business and other interesting things that the book is hard to put down (or turn off as we listeners might say). This book is a glamorous travel travelogue through the industry and the development of scents. The most interesting story Burr follows is the development of a scent by Sarah Jessicah Parker. The detail, sensitivity to people and circumstances, and story telling ability are just great. Though Adam Gollner's "The Fruit Hunters" was different in approach, it makes an interesting companion listen to "The Perfect Scent." Where Burr informs about scent, Gollner approaches fruit and those who search the world for it. The book is well written and read. If you are unfamiliar with the fragrance industry and are looking for something that will inform as well as entertain - this volume just might be for you. Burr kept my ear lobes in his hands for hours! Couldn't Finish It I was attracted to this book because I have always loved perfume and fragrances and once thought of becoming a professional in the field. I had hoped that this book would allow me to vicariously enjoy the profession by learning more about the creation of a new scent. While this book accomplishes some of these goals, it is important to know what you are getting into before trying to listen to this book. This is certainly a "behind the scenes look" at the profession, but the narrative is about the business of creating a new perfume and the personalities that drive that process - rather than celebrating fragrances, why people are so driven to use fragrances, and how fragrances have been used throughout history by people around the world. Fun and informative I'm glad I didn't let the comments about the narrator's French pronunciation scare me way from buying this audiobook. The narrator has a soothing and clear voice.

I Live in the Future & Here's How It Works Audiobook by Nick Bilton

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Nick Bilton) — Tue, 14 Sep 2010 00:13:07 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: I Live in the Future & Here's How It Works Subtitle: Why Your World, Work, and Brain Are Being Creatively Disrupted Author: Nick Bilton Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Length: 8 hrs Language: English Release date: 09-14-10 Publisher: Random House Audio Ratings: 3.5 of 5 out of 98 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Are we driving off a digital cliff and heading for disaster, unable to focus, maintain concentration, or form the human bonds that make life worth living? Are media and business doomed and about to be replaced by amateur hour? The world, as Nick Bilton - with tongue-in-cheek - shows, has been going to hell for a long, long time, and what we are experiencing is the 21st-century version of the fear that always takes hold as new technology replaces the old. In fact, as Bilton shows, the digital era we are part of is, in all its creative and disruptive forms, the foundation for exciting and engaging experiences not only for business but society as well. Both visionary and practical, I Live in the Future & Heres How It Works captures the zeitgeist of an emerging age, providing the understanding of how a radically changed media world is influencing human behavior: Critic Reviews: Nick Bilton has written a rollicking, upbeat guide to the digital worlda peek into our near future, where news, storytelling, and even human identity are transformed. Its a fascinating book from a man who has helped pilot the New York Times into a new age of online journalism. If youre wondering - or worried - about the future of media, this is your road map. (Clive Thompson, Wired magazine columnist and contributing editor) Members Reviews: Good for Initial Reading If you have not read about and are wondering about social media, video games, and neuroplasticity this is an interesting place to start. If you have some background there are other books available from Audible which may contain greater insights. Even having listened to a number of related books, I still found tidbits of knowledge in this volume. The chapter on Swarm Intelligence, for example is readily available to the unitiated. The chapter on computer games and their effects on people is informative. In sum, this is a well written and wonderfully read book. If, however, you have read in the fields you might want to consider alternatives. Nothing I don't know As an avid technology user, early adopter, and media addict this book failed to moved me or teach me anything I didn't already know. I discovered rather quickly that I wasn't the intended audience, and thus all Mr. Bilton's efforts are wasted on me. Like Bilton, I grew up with the early internet, playing video games, doing things simultaneously, avoiding homework, etc. It's not news at all. My grandmother, however, might enjoy it, as she is less aware of what "the kids" are doing. Aside from the audience mismatch, I felt this book lacked the gripping stories of Malcolm Gladwell's "Outliers" or Chris Anderson's "Free". While Bilton is obviously very plugged in, I think he has a way to go before he becomes a heavyweight in the world of non-fiction pop-technology writing.

BYOB: Build Your Own Business in 30 Days! Audiobook by Steven M. Young

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Steven M. Young) — Fri, 10 Nov 2017 21:60:26 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: BYOB: Build Your Own Business in 30 Days! Subtitle: A Step-by-Step Guide to Starting Your Own Service-Based Business Author: Steven M. Young Narrator: Matthew Maitland Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 22 mins Language: English Release date: 11-10-17 Publisher: YesBear Publishing Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Have you ever wanted to start your own business, but weren't sure where to begin? Or have you started a service-based business, only to see it fizzle out after a few months? Then this audiobook is for you! This easy guide will get you back on the right track to servicing customers and seeing the profits roll in! Steve Young shares the essentials from his own experience as a service-based business owner. Short, easy-to-read chapters walk you step-by-step through everything you need to know to start your own business in 30 days! A simple checklist guides you through the beginning, making sure you have the basics. The bonus chapters delve even deeper, tackling topics like hiring employees, marketing, dealing with clients and more. Members Reviews: Byob - a guide you can rely on I own a small business, and I read this book to make sure I was running my business in a way that matched up with current successful business building. I found out that I had done many of the same things listed in this book, and many ideas I could consider implementing to build a better profit margin and keep better work logs. When I started my service business, I was in the Entrepreneurship program at Middle Tennessee State University. I used what I learned in class plus my research at the Rutherford County Chamber of Commerce on starting and running service businesses to open my business, and go through the many steps involved in building it. If I had this book then, I could have shortened my research time and gotten straight to the how to's and what do's of getting it together. I highly recommend this book to anyone wanting to start a service business. As a Bachelor of Business Entrepreneurship, and an owner of a sevice business of 17 years, I can vouch for the fact that the advice in this book is sound, the importance of integrity in business is emphasized, the "checklist" is thorough and complete, and the depth of discussion on the important things like hiring employees is necessary, and very valuable. If the reader follows this guide, they will be well on their way to success in a service business. Ready to Go From CONCEPT to REALITY? Mr. Young's book provides a fairly straight forward guideline/outline for individuals who have that entrepreneurial bent to put their ideas and concepts into a actively run business. Through his own experience of taking an existing business, he lays out the ground work of must do and don't forget business necessities that create a solid foundation upon which to nuture and grow your business concept. His overall focus is on planning and preparation in weekly steps, each building upon the previous week's work, culminating in that defining moment of turnkey ownership! Their product training was great, but I could have greatly profited from the ... Steve, where were you when I needed you? Forty years ago I tried to start a business and needed your practical suggestions. About thirty years ago, I began with a major insurance company as an agent who boasts about the quality of their training program. Their product training was great, but I could have greatly profited from the practical outline and guidelines you have given here. The book is filled with "how-to"s and does not miss many details in what to do to succeed. Wow, Steve, a great guide.

History of Money: Financial History: From Barter to "Bitcoin" Audiobook by Mike Thornton

biacuaduc@gmail.com (Mike Thornton) — Mon, 06 Nov 2017 01:26:40 GMT

Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/audiobook/890/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Title: History of Money: Financial History: From Barter to "Bitcoin" Author: Mike Thornton Narrator: Jeffrey A. Hering Format: Unabridged Length: 3 hrs and 8 mins Language: English Release date: 11-06-17 Publisher: Mike Thornton Ratings: 4 of 5 out of 2 votes Genres: Business, Commerce & Economy Publisher's Summary: Why is a printed piece of paper worth anything? How can a coin be worth more or even less than the number stamped on it? Why is digital money real money? How can money be worth more or less than it was yesterday? Since the emergence of debit and credit cards, many of us pay little mind to our finances and hardly think of money anymore. But currency, whether by cash or debit, is the driving force of our lives. We use it to feed ourselves and our loved ones, buy or rent a place to live, buy clothing and other necessities, and pay for transportation from one location to the other. We trust the system, even though we don't fully understand it. With History of Money: Financial History: From Barter to "Bitcoin" - An Overview of Our Economic History, Monetary System, & Currency Crisis you'll learn all the basics including: This book is more than a history book. You'll also learn a few fun facts along the way such as how the Knights Templar helped develop the modern banking system and why the island of Yap used giant donut-shaped stones as currency. Stop taking your money for granted. Learn about its real value with History of Money: Financial History: From Barter to "Bitcoin" - An Overview of Our Economic History, Monetary System, & Currency Crisis. Members Reviews: Slow Spots I had to take a break from the book - it slowed for some reason, and I was falling asleep from the narration (by contrast, some books are engaging), and not the topic, which I was genuinely interested in. A good overall look at the system. It gives too many examples, but It is a good general look at the money system. I read It because I think Bitcoin is going to make a massive change in all that, so I want to understand money and take my own conclusions on what to do. I recommend this book.